|
|
@@ -1,8567 +0,0 @@
|
|
|
-/*!-----------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
- * Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
|
|
- * Type definitions for monaco-editor
|
|
|
- * Released under the MIT license
|
|
|
-*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
|
|
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
- * Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
|
|
- * Licensed under the MIT License. See License.txt in the project root for license information.
|
|
|
- *--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-declare let MonacoEnvironment: monaco.Environment | undefined;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-interface Window {
|
|
|
- MonacoEnvironment?: monaco.Environment | undefined;
|
|
|
-}
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-declare namespace monaco {
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export type Thenable<T> = PromiseLike<T>;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface Environment {
|
|
|
- globalAPI?: boolean;
|
|
|
- baseUrl?: string;
|
|
|
- getWorker?(workerId: string, label: string): Promise<Worker> | Worker;
|
|
|
- getWorkerUrl?(workerId: string, label: string): string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IDisposable {
|
|
|
- dispose(): void;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IEvent<T> {
|
|
|
- (listener: (e: T) => any, thisArg?: any): IDisposable;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A helper that allows to emit and listen to typed events
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export class Emitter<T> {
|
|
|
- constructor();
|
|
|
- readonly event: IEvent<T>;
|
|
|
- fire(event: T): void;
|
|
|
- dispose(): void;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export enum MarkerTag {
|
|
|
- Unnecessary = 1,
|
|
|
- Deprecated = 2
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export enum MarkerSeverity {
|
|
|
- Hint = 1,
|
|
|
- Info = 2,
|
|
|
- Warning = 4,
|
|
|
- Error = 8
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export class CancellationTokenSource {
|
|
|
- constructor(parent?: CancellationToken);
|
|
|
- get token(): CancellationToken;
|
|
|
- cancel(): void;
|
|
|
- dispose(cancel?: boolean): void;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface CancellationToken {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A flag signalling is cancellation has been requested.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly isCancellationRequested: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event which fires when cancellation is requested. This event
|
|
|
- * only ever fires `once` as cancellation can only happen once. Listeners
|
|
|
- * that are registered after cancellation will be called (next event loop run),
|
|
|
- * but also only once.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onCancellationRequested: (listener: (e: any) => any, thisArgs?: any, disposables?: IDisposable[]) => IDisposable;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Uniform Resource Identifier (Uri) http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986.
|
|
|
- * This class is a simple parser which creates the basic component parts
|
|
|
- * (http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986#section-3) with minimal validation
|
|
|
- * and encoding.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * ```txt
|
|
|
- * foo://example.com:8042/over/there?name=ferret#nose
|
|
|
- * \_/ \______________/\_________/ \_________/ \__/
|
|
|
- * | | | | |
|
|
|
- * scheme authority path query fragment
|
|
|
- * | _____________________|__
|
|
|
- * / \ / \
|
|
|
- * urn:example:animal:ferret:nose
|
|
|
- * ```
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export class Uri implements UriComponents {
|
|
|
- static isUri(thing: any): thing is Uri;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * scheme is the 'http' part of 'http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment'.
|
|
|
- * The part before the first colon.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly scheme: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * authority is the 'www.example.com' part of 'http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment'.
|
|
|
- * The part between the first double slashes and the next slash.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly authority: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * path is the '/some/path' part of 'http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly path: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * query is the 'query' part of 'http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly query: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * fragment is the 'fragment' part of 'http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly fragment: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Returns a string representing the corresponding file system path of this Uri.
|
|
|
- * Will handle UNC paths, normalizes windows drive letters to lower-case, and uses the
|
|
|
- * platform specific path separator.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * * Will *not* validate the path for invalid characters and semantics.
|
|
|
- * * Will *not* look at the scheme of this Uri.
|
|
|
- * * The result shall *not* be used for display purposes but for accessing a file on disk.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * The *difference* to `Uri#path` is the use of the platform specific separator and the handling
|
|
|
- * of UNC paths. See the below sample of a file-uri with an authority (UNC path).
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * ```ts
|
|
|
- const u = Uri.parse('file://server/c$/folder/file.txt')
|
|
|
- u.authority === 'server'
|
|
|
- u.path === '/shares/c$/file.txt'
|
|
|
- u.fsPath === '\\server\c$\folder\file.txt'
|
|
|
- ```
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * Using `Uri#path` to read a file (using fs-apis) would not be enough because parts of the path,
|
|
|
- * namely the server name, would be missing. Therefore `Uri#fsPath` exists - it's sugar to ease working
|
|
|
- * with URIs that represent files on disk (`file` scheme).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- get fsPath(): string;
|
|
|
- with(change: {
|
|
|
- scheme?: string;
|
|
|
- authority?: string | null;
|
|
|
- path?: string | null;
|
|
|
- query?: string | null;
|
|
|
- fragment?: string | null;
|
|
|
- }): Uri;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Creates a new Uri from a string, e.g. `http://www.example.com/some/path`,
|
|
|
- * `file:///usr/home`, or `scheme:with/path`.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * @param value A string which represents an Uri (see `Uri#toString`).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static parse(value: string, _strict?: boolean): Uri;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Creates a new Uri from a file system path, e.g. `c:\my\files`,
|
|
|
- * `/usr/home`, or `\\server\share\some\path`.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * The *difference* between `Uri#parse` and `Uri#file` is that the latter treats the argument
|
|
|
- * as path, not as stringified-uri. E.g. `Uri.file(path)` is **not the same as**
|
|
|
- * `Uri.parse('file://' + path)` because the path might contain characters that are
|
|
|
- * interpreted (# and ?). See the following sample:
|
|
|
- * ```ts
|
|
|
- const good = Uri.file('/coding/c#/project1');
|
|
|
- good.scheme === 'file';
|
|
|
- good.path === '/coding/c#/project1';
|
|
|
- good.fragment === '';
|
|
|
- const bad = Uri.parse('file://' + '/coding/c#/project1');
|
|
|
- bad.scheme === 'file';
|
|
|
- bad.path === '/coding/c'; // path is now broken
|
|
|
- bad.fragment === '/project1';
|
|
|
- ```
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * @param path A file system path (see `Uri#fsPath`)
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static file(path: string): Uri;
|
|
|
- static from(components: {
|
|
|
- scheme: string;
|
|
|
- authority?: string;
|
|
|
- path?: string;
|
|
|
- query?: string;
|
|
|
- fragment?: string;
|
|
|
- }): Uri;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Join a Uri path with path fragments and normalizes the resulting path.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * @param uri The input Uri.
|
|
|
- * @param pathFragment The path fragment to add to the Uri path.
|
|
|
- * @returns The resulting Uri.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static joinPath(uri: Uri, ...pathFragment: string[]): Uri;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Creates a string representation for this Uri. It's guaranteed that calling
|
|
|
- * `Uri.parse` with the result of this function creates an Uri which is equal
|
|
|
- * to this Uri.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * * The result shall *not* be used for display purposes but for externalization or transport.
|
|
|
- * * The result will be encoded using the percentage encoding and encoding happens mostly
|
|
|
- * ignore the scheme-specific encoding rules.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * @param skipEncoding Do not encode the result, default is `false`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- toString(skipEncoding?: boolean): string;
|
|
|
- toJSON(): UriComponents;
|
|
|
- static revive(data: UriComponents | Uri): Uri;
|
|
|
- static revive(data: UriComponents | Uri | undefined): Uri | undefined;
|
|
|
- static revive(data: UriComponents | Uri | null): Uri | null;
|
|
|
- static revive(data: UriComponents | Uri | undefined | null): Uri | undefined | null;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface UriComponents {
|
|
|
- scheme: string;
|
|
|
- authority: string;
|
|
|
- path: string;
|
|
|
- query: string;
|
|
|
- fragment: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Virtual Key Codes, the value does not hold any inherent meaning.
|
|
|
- * Inspired somewhat from https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/dd375731(v=vs.85).aspx
|
|
|
- * But these are "more general", as they should work across browsers & OS`s.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export enum KeyCode {
|
|
|
- DependsOnKbLayout = -1,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Placed first to cover the 0 value of the enum.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Unknown = 0,
|
|
|
- Backspace = 1,
|
|
|
- Tab = 2,
|
|
|
- Enter = 3,
|
|
|
- Shift = 4,
|
|
|
- Ctrl = 5,
|
|
|
- Alt = 6,
|
|
|
- PauseBreak = 7,
|
|
|
- CapsLock = 8,
|
|
|
- Escape = 9,
|
|
|
- Space = 10,
|
|
|
- PageUp = 11,
|
|
|
- PageDown = 12,
|
|
|
- End = 13,
|
|
|
- Home = 14,
|
|
|
- LeftArrow = 15,
|
|
|
- UpArrow = 16,
|
|
|
- RightArrow = 17,
|
|
|
- DownArrow = 18,
|
|
|
- Insert = 19,
|
|
|
- Delete = 20,
|
|
|
- Digit0 = 21,
|
|
|
- Digit1 = 22,
|
|
|
- Digit2 = 23,
|
|
|
- Digit3 = 24,
|
|
|
- Digit4 = 25,
|
|
|
- Digit5 = 26,
|
|
|
- Digit6 = 27,
|
|
|
- Digit7 = 28,
|
|
|
- Digit8 = 29,
|
|
|
- Digit9 = 30,
|
|
|
- KeyA = 31,
|
|
|
- KeyB = 32,
|
|
|
- KeyC = 33,
|
|
|
- KeyD = 34,
|
|
|
- KeyE = 35,
|
|
|
- KeyF = 36,
|
|
|
- KeyG = 37,
|
|
|
- KeyH = 38,
|
|
|
- KeyI = 39,
|
|
|
- KeyJ = 40,
|
|
|
- KeyK = 41,
|
|
|
- KeyL = 42,
|
|
|
- KeyM = 43,
|
|
|
- KeyN = 44,
|
|
|
- KeyO = 45,
|
|
|
- KeyP = 46,
|
|
|
- KeyQ = 47,
|
|
|
- KeyR = 48,
|
|
|
- KeyS = 49,
|
|
|
- KeyT = 50,
|
|
|
- KeyU = 51,
|
|
|
- KeyV = 52,
|
|
|
- KeyW = 53,
|
|
|
- KeyX = 54,
|
|
|
- KeyY = 55,
|
|
|
- KeyZ = 56,
|
|
|
- Meta = 57,
|
|
|
- ContextMenu = 58,
|
|
|
- F1 = 59,
|
|
|
- F2 = 60,
|
|
|
- F3 = 61,
|
|
|
- F4 = 62,
|
|
|
- F5 = 63,
|
|
|
- F6 = 64,
|
|
|
- F7 = 65,
|
|
|
- F8 = 66,
|
|
|
- F9 = 67,
|
|
|
- F10 = 68,
|
|
|
- F11 = 69,
|
|
|
- F12 = 70,
|
|
|
- F13 = 71,
|
|
|
- F14 = 72,
|
|
|
- F15 = 73,
|
|
|
- F16 = 74,
|
|
|
- F17 = 75,
|
|
|
- F18 = 76,
|
|
|
- F19 = 77,
|
|
|
- NumLock = 78,
|
|
|
- ScrollLock = 79,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Used for miscellaneous characters; it can vary by keyboard.
|
|
|
- * For the US standard keyboard, the ';:' key
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Semicolon = 80,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * For any country/region, the '+' key
|
|
|
- * For the US standard keyboard, the '=+' key
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Equal = 81,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * For any country/region, the ',' key
|
|
|
- * For the US standard keyboard, the ',<' key
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Comma = 82,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * For any country/region, the '-' key
|
|
|
- * For the US standard keyboard, the '-_' key
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Minus = 83,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * For any country/region, the '.' key
|
|
|
- * For the US standard keyboard, the '.>' key
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Period = 84,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Used for miscellaneous characters; it can vary by keyboard.
|
|
|
- * For the US standard keyboard, the '/?' key
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Slash = 85,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Used for miscellaneous characters; it can vary by keyboard.
|
|
|
- * For the US standard keyboard, the '`~' key
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Backquote = 86,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Used for miscellaneous characters; it can vary by keyboard.
|
|
|
- * For the US standard keyboard, the '[{' key
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- BracketLeft = 87,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Used for miscellaneous characters; it can vary by keyboard.
|
|
|
- * For the US standard keyboard, the '\|' key
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Backslash = 88,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Used for miscellaneous characters; it can vary by keyboard.
|
|
|
- * For the US standard keyboard, the ']}' key
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- BracketRight = 89,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Used for miscellaneous characters; it can vary by keyboard.
|
|
|
- * For the US standard keyboard, the ''"' key
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Quote = 90,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Used for miscellaneous characters; it can vary by keyboard.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- OEM_8 = 91,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Either the angle bracket key or the backslash key on the RT 102-key keyboard.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- IntlBackslash = 92,
|
|
|
- Numpad0 = 93,
|
|
|
- Numpad1 = 94,
|
|
|
- Numpad2 = 95,
|
|
|
- Numpad3 = 96,
|
|
|
- Numpad4 = 97,
|
|
|
- Numpad5 = 98,
|
|
|
- Numpad6 = 99,
|
|
|
- Numpad7 = 100,
|
|
|
- Numpad8 = 101,
|
|
|
- Numpad9 = 102,
|
|
|
- NumpadMultiply = 103,
|
|
|
- NumpadAdd = 104,
|
|
|
- NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = 105,
|
|
|
- NumpadSubtract = 106,
|
|
|
- NumpadDecimal = 107,
|
|
|
- NumpadDivide = 108,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Cover all key codes when IME is processing input.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- KEY_IN_COMPOSITION = 109,
|
|
|
- ABNT_C1 = 110,
|
|
|
- ABNT_C2 = 111,
|
|
|
- AudioVolumeMute = 112,
|
|
|
- AudioVolumeUp = 113,
|
|
|
- AudioVolumeDown = 114,
|
|
|
- BrowserSearch = 115,
|
|
|
- BrowserHome = 116,
|
|
|
- BrowserBack = 117,
|
|
|
- BrowserForward = 118,
|
|
|
- MediaTrackNext = 119,
|
|
|
- MediaTrackPrevious = 120,
|
|
|
- MediaStop = 121,
|
|
|
- MediaPlayPause = 122,
|
|
|
- LaunchMediaPlayer = 123,
|
|
|
- LaunchMail = 124,
|
|
|
- LaunchApp2 = 125,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * VK_CLEAR, 0x0C, CLEAR key
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Clear = 126,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Placed last to cover the length of the enum.
|
|
|
- * Please do not depend on this value!
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- MAX_VALUE = 127
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export class KeyMod {
|
|
|
- static readonly CtrlCmd: number;
|
|
|
- static readonly Shift: number;
|
|
|
- static readonly Alt: number;
|
|
|
- static readonly WinCtrl: number;
|
|
|
- static chord(firstPart: number, secondPart: number): number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IMarkdownString {
|
|
|
- readonly value: string;
|
|
|
- readonly isTrusted?: boolean | MarkdownStringTrustedOptions;
|
|
|
- readonly supportThemeIcons?: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly supportHtml?: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly baseUri?: UriComponents;
|
|
|
- uris?: {
|
|
|
- [href: string]: UriComponents;
|
|
|
- };
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface MarkdownStringTrustedOptions {
|
|
|
- readonly enabledCommands: readonly string[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IKeyboardEvent {
|
|
|
- readonly _standardKeyboardEventBrand: true;
|
|
|
- readonly browserEvent: KeyboardEvent;
|
|
|
- readonly target: HTMLElement;
|
|
|
- readonly ctrlKey: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly shiftKey: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly altKey: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly metaKey: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly altGraphKey: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly keyCode: KeyCode;
|
|
|
- readonly code: string;
|
|
|
- equals(keybinding: number): boolean;
|
|
|
- preventDefault(): void;
|
|
|
- stopPropagation(): void;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface IMouseEvent {
|
|
|
- readonly browserEvent: MouseEvent;
|
|
|
- readonly leftButton: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly middleButton: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly rightButton: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly buttons: number;
|
|
|
- readonly target: HTMLElement;
|
|
|
- readonly detail: number;
|
|
|
- readonly posx: number;
|
|
|
- readonly posy: number;
|
|
|
- readonly ctrlKey: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly shiftKey: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly altKey: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly metaKey: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly timestamp: number;
|
|
|
- preventDefault(): void;
|
|
|
- stopPropagation(): void;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IScrollEvent {
|
|
|
- readonly scrollTop: number;
|
|
|
- readonly scrollLeft: number;
|
|
|
- readonly scrollWidth: number;
|
|
|
- readonly scrollHeight: number;
|
|
|
- readonly scrollTopChanged: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly scrollLeftChanged: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly scrollWidthChanged: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly scrollHeightChanged: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A position in the editor. This interface is suitable for serialization.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IPosition {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * line number (starts at 1)
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly lineNumber: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * column (the first character in a line is between column 1 and column 2)
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly column: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A position in the editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export class Position {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * line number (starts at 1)
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly lineNumber: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * column (the first character in a line is between column 1 and column 2)
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly column: number;
|
|
|
- constructor(lineNumber: number, column: number);
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Create a new position from this position.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * @param newLineNumber new line number
|
|
|
- * @param newColumn new column
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- with(newLineNumber?: number, newColumn?: number): Position;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Derive a new position from this position.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * @param deltaLineNumber line number delta
|
|
|
- * @param deltaColumn column delta
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- delta(deltaLineNumber?: number, deltaColumn?: number): Position;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Test if this position equals other position
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- equals(other: IPosition): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Test if position `a` equals position `b`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static equals(a: IPosition | null, b: IPosition | null): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Test if this position is before other position.
|
|
|
- * If the two positions are equal, the result will be false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- isBefore(other: IPosition): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Test if position `a` is before position `b`.
|
|
|
- * If the two positions are equal, the result will be false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static isBefore(a: IPosition, b: IPosition): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Test if this position is before other position.
|
|
|
- * If the two positions are equal, the result will be true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- isBeforeOrEqual(other: IPosition): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Test if position `a` is before position `b`.
|
|
|
- * If the two positions are equal, the result will be true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static isBeforeOrEqual(a: IPosition, b: IPosition): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A function that compares positions, useful for sorting
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static compare(a: IPosition, b: IPosition): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Clone this position.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- clone(): Position;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Convert to a human-readable representation.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- toString(): string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Create a `Position` from an `IPosition`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static lift(pos: IPosition): Position;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Test if `obj` is an `IPosition`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static isIPosition(obj: any): obj is IPosition;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A range in the editor. This interface is suitable for serialization.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IRange {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Line number on which the range starts (starts at 1).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly startLineNumber: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Column on which the range starts in line `startLineNumber` (starts at 1).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly startColumn: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Line number on which the range ends.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly endLineNumber: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Column on which the range ends in line `endLineNumber`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly endColumn: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A range in the editor. (startLineNumber,startColumn) is <= (endLineNumber,endColumn)
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export class Range {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Line number on which the range starts (starts at 1).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly startLineNumber: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Column on which the range starts in line `startLineNumber` (starts at 1).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly startColumn: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Line number on which the range ends.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly endLineNumber: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Column on which the range ends in line `endLineNumber`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly endColumn: number;
|
|
|
- constructor(startLineNumber: number, startColumn: number, endLineNumber: number, endColumn: number);
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Test if this range is empty.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- isEmpty(): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Test if `range` is empty.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static isEmpty(range: IRange): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Test if position is in this range. If the position is at the edges, will return true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- containsPosition(position: IPosition): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Test if `position` is in `range`. If the position is at the edges, will return true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static containsPosition(range: IRange, position: IPosition): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Test if range is in this range. If the range is equal to this range, will return true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- containsRange(range: IRange): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Test if `otherRange` is in `range`. If the ranges are equal, will return true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static containsRange(range: IRange, otherRange: IRange): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Test if `range` is strictly in this range. `range` must start after and end before this range for the result to be true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- strictContainsRange(range: IRange): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Test if `otherRange` is strictly in `range` (must start after, and end before). If the ranges are equal, will return false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static strictContainsRange(range: IRange, otherRange: IRange): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A reunion of the two ranges.
|
|
|
- * The smallest position will be used as the start point, and the largest one as the end point.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- plusRange(range: IRange): Range;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A reunion of the two ranges.
|
|
|
- * The smallest position will be used as the start point, and the largest one as the end point.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static plusRange(a: IRange, b: IRange): Range;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A intersection of the two ranges.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- intersectRanges(range: IRange): Range | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A intersection of the two ranges.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static intersectRanges(a: IRange, b: IRange): Range | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Test if this range equals other.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- equalsRange(other: IRange | null | undefined): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Test if range `a` equals `b`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static equalsRange(a: IRange | null | undefined, b: IRange | null | undefined): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Return the end position (which will be after or equal to the start position)
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getEndPosition(): Position;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Return the end position (which will be after or equal to the start position)
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static getEndPosition(range: IRange): Position;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Return the start position (which will be before or equal to the end position)
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getStartPosition(): Position;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Return the start position (which will be before or equal to the end position)
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static getStartPosition(range: IRange): Position;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Transform to a user presentable string representation.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- toString(): string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Create a new range using this range's start position, and using endLineNumber and endColumn as the end position.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setEndPosition(endLineNumber: number, endColumn: number): Range;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Create a new range using this range's end position, and using startLineNumber and startColumn as the start position.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setStartPosition(startLineNumber: number, startColumn: number): Range;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Create a new empty range using this range's start position.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- collapseToStart(): Range;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Create a new empty range using this range's start position.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static collapseToStart(range: IRange): Range;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Create a new empty range using this range's end position.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- collapseToEnd(): Range;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Create a new empty range using this range's end position.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static collapseToEnd(range: IRange): Range;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Moves the range by the given amount of lines.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- delta(lineCount: number): Range;
|
|
|
- static fromPositions(start: IPosition, end?: IPosition): Range;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Create a `Range` from an `IRange`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static lift(range: undefined | null): null;
|
|
|
- static lift(range: IRange): Range;
|
|
|
- static lift(range: IRange | undefined | null): Range | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Test if `obj` is an `IRange`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static isIRange(obj: any): obj is IRange;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Test if the two ranges are touching in any way.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static areIntersectingOrTouching(a: IRange, b: IRange): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Test if the two ranges are intersecting. If the ranges are touching it returns true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static areIntersecting(a: IRange, b: IRange): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A function that compares ranges, useful for sorting ranges
|
|
|
- * It will first compare ranges on the startPosition and then on the endPosition
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static compareRangesUsingStarts(a: IRange | null | undefined, b: IRange | null | undefined): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A function that compares ranges, useful for sorting ranges
|
|
|
- * It will first compare ranges on the endPosition and then on the startPosition
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static compareRangesUsingEnds(a: IRange, b: IRange): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Test if the range spans multiple lines.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static spansMultipleLines(range: IRange): boolean;
|
|
|
- toJSON(): IRange;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A selection in the editor.
|
|
|
- * The selection is a range that has an orientation.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface ISelection {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The line number on which the selection has started.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly selectionStartLineNumber: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The column on `selectionStartLineNumber` where the selection has started.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly selectionStartColumn: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The line number on which the selection has ended.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly positionLineNumber: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The column on `positionLineNumber` where the selection has ended.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly positionColumn: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A selection in the editor.
|
|
|
- * The selection is a range that has an orientation.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export class Selection extends Range {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The line number on which the selection has started.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly selectionStartLineNumber: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The column on `selectionStartLineNumber` where the selection has started.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly selectionStartColumn: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The line number on which the selection has ended.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly positionLineNumber: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The column on `positionLineNumber` where the selection has ended.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly positionColumn: number;
|
|
|
- constructor(selectionStartLineNumber: number, selectionStartColumn: number, positionLineNumber: number, positionColumn: number);
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Transform to a human-readable representation.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- toString(): string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Test if equals other selection.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- equalsSelection(other: ISelection): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Test if the two selections are equal.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static selectionsEqual(a: ISelection, b: ISelection): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get directions (LTR or RTL).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getDirection(): SelectionDirection;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Create a new selection with a different `positionLineNumber` and `positionColumn`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setEndPosition(endLineNumber: number, endColumn: number): Selection;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the position at `positionLineNumber` and `positionColumn`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getPosition(): Position;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the position at the start of the selection.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getSelectionStart(): Position;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Create a new selection with a different `selectionStartLineNumber` and `selectionStartColumn`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setStartPosition(startLineNumber: number, startColumn: number): Selection;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Create a `Selection` from one or two positions
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static fromPositions(start: IPosition, end?: IPosition): Selection;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Creates a `Selection` from a range, given a direction.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static fromRange(range: Range, direction: SelectionDirection): Selection;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Create a `Selection` from an `ISelection`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static liftSelection(sel: ISelection): Selection;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * `a` equals `b`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static selectionsArrEqual(a: ISelection[], b: ISelection[]): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Test if `obj` is an `ISelection`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static isISelection(obj: any): obj is ISelection;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Create with a direction.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static createWithDirection(startLineNumber: number, startColumn: number, endLineNumber: number, endColumn: number, direction: SelectionDirection): Selection;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The direction of a selection.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export enum SelectionDirection {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The selection starts above where it ends.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- LTR = 0,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The selection starts below where it ends.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- RTL = 1
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export class Token {
|
|
|
- _tokenBrand: void;
|
|
|
- readonly offset: number;
|
|
|
- readonly type: string;
|
|
|
- readonly language: string;
|
|
|
- constructor(offset: number, type: string, language: string);
|
|
|
- toString(): string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-}
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-declare namespace monaco.editor {
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IDiffNavigator {
|
|
|
- canNavigate(): boolean;
|
|
|
- next(): void;
|
|
|
- previous(): void;
|
|
|
- dispose(): void;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Create a new editor under `domElement`.
|
|
|
- * `domElement` should be empty (not contain other dom nodes).
|
|
|
- * The editor will read the size of `domElement`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function create(domElement: HTMLElement, options?: IStandaloneEditorConstructionOptions, override?: IEditorOverrideServices): IStandaloneCodeEditor;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Emitted when an editor is created.
|
|
|
- * Creating a diff editor might cause this listener to be invoked with the two editors.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function onDidCreateEditor(listener: (codeEditor: ICodeEditor) => void): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Emitted when an diff editor is created.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function onDidCreateDiffEditor(listener: (diffEditor: IDiffEditor) => void): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get all the created editors.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function getEditors(): readonly ICodeEditor[];
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get all the created diff editors.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function getDiffEditors(): readonly IDiffEditor[];
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Create a new diff editor under `domElement`.
|
|
|
- * `domElement` should be empty (not contain other dom nodes).
|
|
|
- * The editor will read the size of `domElement`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function createDiffEditor(domElement: HTMLElement, options?: IStandaloneDiffEditorConstructionOptions, override?: IEditorOverrideServices): IStandaloneDiffEditor;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IDiffNavigatorOptions {
|
|
|
- readonly followsCaret?: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly ignoreCharChanges?: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly alwaysRevealFirst?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export function createDiffNavigator(diffEditor: IStandaloneDiffEditor, opts?: IDiffNavigatorOptions): IDiffNavigator;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Description of a command contribution
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface ICommandDescriptor {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An unique identifier of the contributed command.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- id: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Callback that will be executed when the command is triggered.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- run: ICommandHandler;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Add a command.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function addCommand(descriptor: ICommandDescriptor): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Add an action to all editors.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function addEditorAction(descriptor: IActionDescriptor): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A keybinding rule.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IKeybindingRule {
|
|
|
- keybinding: number;
|
|
|
- command?: string | null;
|
|
|
- commandArgs?: any;
|
|
|
- when?: string | null;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Add a keybinding rule.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function addKeybindingRule(rule: IKeybindingRule): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Add keybinding rules.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function addKeybindingRules(rules: IKeybindingRule[]): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Create a new editor model.
|
|
|
- * You can specify the language that should be set for this model or let the language be inferred from the `uri`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function createModel(value: string, language?: string, uri?: Uri): ITextModel;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Change the language for a model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function setModelLanguage(model: ITextModel, mimeTypeOrLanguageId: string): void;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Set the markers for a model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function setModelMarkers(model: ITextModel, owner: string, markers: IMarkerData[]): void;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Remove all markers of an owner.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function removeAllMarkers(owner: string): void;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get markers for owner and/or resource
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * @returns list of markers
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function getModelMarkers(filter: {
|
|
|
- owner?: string;
|
|
|
- resource?: Uri;
|
|
|
- take?: number;
|
|
|
- }): IMarker[];
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Emitted when markers change for a model.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function onDidChangeMarkers(listener: (e: readonly Uri[]) => void): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the model that has `uri` if it exists.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function getModel(uri: Uri): ITextModel | null;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get all the created models.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function getModels(): ITextModel[];
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Emitted when a model is created.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function onDidCreateModel(listener: (model: ITextModel) => void): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Emitted right before a model is disposed.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function onWillDisposeModel(listener: (model: ITextModel) => void): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Emitted when a different language is set to a model.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function onDidChangeModelLanguage(listener: (e: {
|
|
|
- readonly model: ITextModel;
|
|
|
- readonly oldLanguage: string;
|
|
|
- }) => void): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Create a new web worker that has model syncing capabilities built in.
|
|
|
- * Specify an AMD module to load that will `create` an object that will be proxied.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function createWebWorker<T extends object>(opts: IWebWorkerOptions): MonacoWebWorker<T>;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Colorize the contents of `domNode` using attribute `data-lang`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function colorizeElement(domNode: HTMLElement, options: IColorizerElementOptions): Promise<void>;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Colorize `text` using language `languageId`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function colorize(text: string, languageId: string, options: IColorizerOptions): Promise<string>;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Colorize a line in a model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function colorizeModelLine(model: ITextModel, lineNumber: number, tabSize?: number): string;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Tokenize `text` using language `languageId`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function tokenize(text: string, languageId: string): Token[][];
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Define a new theme or update an existing theme.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function defineTheme(themeName: string, themeData: IStandaloneThemeData): void;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Switches to a theme.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function setTheme(themeName: string): void;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Clears all cached font measurements and triggers re-measurement.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function remeasureFonts(): void;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register a command.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerCommand(id: string, handler: (accessor: any, ...args: any[]) => void): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export type BuiltinTheme = 'vs' | 'vs-dark' | 'hc-black' | 'hc-light';
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IStandaloneThemeData {
|
|
|
- base: BuiltinTheme;
|
|
|
- inherit: boolean;
|
|
|
- rules: ITokenThemeRule[];
|
|
|
- encodedTokensColors?: string[];
|
|
|
- colors: IColors;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export type IColors = {
|
|
|
- [colorId: string]: string;
|
|
|
- };
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface ITokenThemeRule {
|
|
|
- token: string;
|
|
|
- foreground?: string;
|
|
|
- background?: string;
|
|
|
- fontStyle?: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A web worker that can provide a proxy to an arbitrary file.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface MonacoWebWorker<T> {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Terminate the web worker, thus invalidating the returned proxy.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- dispose(): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get a proxy to the arbitrary loaded code.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getProxy(): Promise<T>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Synchronize (send) the models at `resources` to the web worker,
|
|
|
- * making them available in the monaco.worker.getMirrorModels().
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- withSyncedResources(resources: Uri[]): Promise<T>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IWebWorkerOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The AMD moduleId to load.
|
|
|
- * It should export a function `create` that should return the exported proxy.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- moduleId: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The data to send over when calling create on the module.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- createData?: any;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A label to be used to identify the web worker for debugging purposes.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- label?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An object that can be used by the web worker to make calls back to the main thread.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- host?: any;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Keep idle models.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false, which means that idle models will stop syncing after a while.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- keepIdleModels?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Description of an action contribution
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IActionDescriptor {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An unique identifier of the contributed action.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- id: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A label of the action that will be presented to the user.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- label: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Precondition rule.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- precondition?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An array of keybindings for the action.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- keybindings?: number[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The keybinding rule (condition on top of precondition).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- keybindingContext?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control if the action should show up in the context menu and where.
|
|
|
- * The context menu of the editor has these default:
|
|
|
- * navigation - The navigation group comes first in all cases.
|
|
|
- * 1_modification - This group comes next and contains commands that modify your code.
|
|
|
- * 9_cutcopypaste - The last default group with the basic editing commands.
|
|
|
- * You can also create your own group.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to null (don't show in context menu).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- contextMenuGroupId?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control the order in the context menu group.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- contextMenuOrder?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Method that will be executed when the action is triggered.
|
|
|
- * @param editor The editor instance is passed in as a convenience
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- run(editor: ICodeEditor, ...args: any[]): void | Promise<void>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Options which apply for all editors.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IGlobalEditorOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The number of spaces a tab is equal to.
|
|
|
- * This setting is overridden based on the file contents when `detectIndentation` is on.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 4.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- tabSize?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Insert spaces when pressing `Tab`.
|
|
|
- * This setting is overridden based on the file contents when `detectIndentation` is on.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- insertSpaces?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls whether `tabSize` and `insertSpaces` will be automatically detected when a file is opened based on the file contents.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- detectIndentation?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Remove trailing auto inserted whitespace.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- trimAutoWhitespace?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Special handling for large files to disable certain memory intensive features.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- largeFileOptimizations?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls whether completions should be computed based on words in the document.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- wordBasedSuggestions?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls whether word based completions should be included from opened documents of the same language or any language.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- wordBasedSuggestionsOnlySameLanguage?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls whether the semanticHighlighting is shown for the languages that support it.
|
|
|
- * true: semanticHighlighting is enabled for all themes
|
|
|
- * false: semanticHighlighting is disabled for all themes
|
|
|
- * 'configuredByTheme': semanticHighlighting is controlled by the current color theme's semanticHighlighting setting.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 'byTheme'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- 'semanticHighlighting.enabled'?: true | false | 'configuredByTheme';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Keep peek editors open even when double-clicking their content or when hitting `Escape`.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- stablePeek?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Lines above this length will not be tokenized for performance reasons.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 20000.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- maxTokenizationLineLength?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Theme to be used for rendering.
|
|
|
- * The current out-of-the-box available themes are: 'vs' (default), 'vs-dark', 'hc-black', 'hc-light'.
|
|
|
- * You can create custom themes via `monaco.editor.defineTheme`.
|
|
|
- * To switch a theme, use `monaco.editor.setTheme`.
|
|
|
- * **NOTE**: The theme might be overwritten if the OS is in high contrast mode, unless `autoDetectHighContrast` is set to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- theme?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If enabled, will automatically change to high contrast theme if the OS is using a high contrast theme.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- autoDetectHighContrast?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The options to create an editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IStandaloneEditorConstructionOptions extends IEditorConstructionOptions, IGlobalEditorOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The initial model associated with this code editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- model?: ITextModel | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The initial value of the auto created model in the editor.
|
|
|
- * To not automatically create a model, use `model: null`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- value?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The initial language of the auto created model in the editor.
|
|
|
- * To not automatically create a model, use `model: null`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- language?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Initial theme to be used for rendering.
|
|
|
- * The current out-of-the-box available themes are: 'vs' (default), 'vs-dark', 'hc-black', 'hc-light.
|
|
|
- * You can create custom themes via `monaco.editor.defineTheme`.
|
|
|
- * To switch a theme, use `monaco.editor.setTheme`.
|
|
|
- * **NOTE**: The theme might be overwritten if the OS is in high contrast mode, unless `autoDetectHighContrast` is set to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- theme?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If enabled, will automatically change to high contrast theme if the OS is using a high contrast theme.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- autoDetectHighContrast?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An URL to open when Ctrl+H (Windows and Linux) or Cmd+H (OSX) is pressed in
|
|
|
- * the accessibility help dialog in the editor.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * Defaults to "https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=852450"
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- accessibilityHelpUrl?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Container element to use for ARIA messages.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to document.body.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- ariaContainerElement?: HTMLElement;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The options to create a diff editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IStandaloneDiffEditorConstructionOptions extends IDiffEditorConstructionOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Initial theme to be used for rendering.
|
|
|
- * The current out-of-the-box available themes are: 'vs' (default), 'vs-dark', 'hc-black', 'hc-light.
|
|
|
- * You can create custom themes via `monaco.editor.defineTheme`.
|
|
|
- * To switch a theme, use `monaco.editor.setTheme`.
|
|
|
- * **NOTE**: The theme might be overwritten if the OS is in high contrast mode, unless `autoDetectHighContrast` is set to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- theme?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If enabled, will automatically change to high contrast theme if the OS is using a high contrast theme.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- autoDetectHighContrast?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IStandaloneCodeEditor extends ICodeEditor {
|
|
|
- updateOptions(newOptions: IEditorOptions & IGlobalEditorOptions): void;
|
|
|
- addCommand(keybinding: number, handler: ICommandHandler, context?: string): string | null;
|
|
|
- createContextKey<T extends ContextKeyValue = ContextKeyValue>(key: string, defaultValue: T): IContextKey<T>;
|
|
|
- addAction(descriptor: IActionDescriptor): IDisposable;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IStandaloneDiffEditor extends IDiffEditor {
|
|
|
- addCommand(keybinding: number, handler: ICommandHandler, context?: string): string | null;
|
|
|
- createContextKey<T extends ContextKeyValue = ContextKeyValue>(key: string, defaultValue: T): IContextKey<T>;
|
|
|
- addAction(descriptor: IActionDescriptor): IDisposable;
|
|
|
- getOriginalEditor(): IStandaloneCodeEditor;
|
|
|
- getModifiedEditor(): IStandaloneCodeEditor;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface ICommandHandler {
|
|
|
- (...args: any[]): void;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IContextKey<T extends ContextKeyValue = ContextKeyValue> {
|
|
|
- set(value: T): void;
|
|
|
- reset(): void;
|
|
|
- get(): T | undefined;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export type ContextKeyValue = null | undefined | boolean | number | string | Array<null | undefined | boolean | number | string> | Record<string, null | undefined | boolean | number | string>;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IEditorOverrideServices {
|
|
|
- [index: string]: any;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IMarker {
|
|
|
- owner: string;
|
|
|
- resource: Uri;
|
|
|
- severity: MarkerSeverity;
|
|
|
- code?: string | {
|
|
|
- value: string;
|
|
|
- target: Uri;
|
|
|
- };
|
|
|
- message: string;
|
|
|
- source?: string;
|
|
|
- startLineNumber: number;
|
|
|
- startColumn: number;
|
|
|
- endLineNumber: number;
|
|
|
- endColumn: number;
|
|
|
- modelVersionId?: number;
|
|
|
- relatedInformation?: IRelatedInformation[];
|
|
|
- tags?: MarkerTag[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A structure defining a problem/warning/etc.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IMarkerData {
|
|
|
- code?: string | {
|
|
|
- value: string;
|
|
|
- target: Uri;
|
|
|
- };
|
|
|
- severity: MarkerSeverity;
|
|
|
- message: string;
|
|
|
- source?: string;
|
|
|
- startLineNumber: number;
|
|
|
- startColumn: number;
|
|
|
- endLineNumber: number;
|
|
|
- endColumn: number;
|
|
|
- modelVersionId?: number;
|
|
|
- relatedInformation?: IRelatedInformation[];
|
|
|
- tags?: MarkerTag[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IRelatedInformation {
|
|
|
- resource: Uri;
|
|
|
- message: string;
|
|
|
- startLineNumber: number;
|
|
|
- startColumn: number;
|
|
|
- endLineNumber: number;
|
|
|
- endColumn: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IColorizerOptions {
|
|
|
- tabSize?: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IColorizerElementOptions extends IColorizerOptions {
|
|
|
- theme?: string;
|
|
|
- mimeType?: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export enum ScrollbarVisibility {
|
|
|
- Auto = 1,
|
|
|
- Hidden = 2,
|
|
|
- Visible = 3
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface ThemeColor {
|
|
|
- id: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A single edit operation, that acts as a simple replace.
|
|
|
- * i.e. Replace text at `range` with `text` in model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface ISingleEditOperation {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The range to replace. This can be empty to emulate a simple insert.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- range: IRange;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The text to replace with. This can be null to emulate a simple delete.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- text: string | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * This indicates that this operation has "insert" semantics.
|
|
|
- * i.e. forceMoveMarkers = true => if `range` is collapsed, all markers at the position will be moved.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- forceMoveMarkers?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Word inside a model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IWordAtPosition {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The word.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly word: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The column where the word starts.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly startColumn: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The column where the word ends.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly endColumn: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Vertical Lane in the overview ruler of the editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export enum OverviewRulerLane {
|
|
|
- Left = 1,
|
|
|
- Center = 2,
|
|
|
- Right = 4,
|
|
|
- Full = 7
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Position in the minimap to render the decoration.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export enum MinimapPosition {
|
|
|
- Inline = 1,
|
|
|
- Gutter = 2
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IDecorationOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * CSS color to render.
|
|
|
- * e.g.: rgba(100, 100, 100, 0.5) or a color from the color registry
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- color: string | ThemeColor | undefined;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * CSS color to render.
|
|
|
- * e.g.: rgba(100, 100, 100, 0.5) or a color from the color registry
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- darkColor?: string | ThemeColor;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Options for rendering a model decoration in the overview ruler.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IModelDecorationOverviewRulerOptions extends IDecorationOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The position in the overview ruler.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- position: OverviewRulerLane;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Options for rendering a model decoration in the overview ruler.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IModelDecorationMinimapOptions extends IDecorationOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The position in the overview ruler.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- position: MinimapPosition;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Options for a model decoration.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IModelDecorationOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Customize the growing behavior of the decoration when typing at the edges of the decoration.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to TrackedRangeStickiness.AlwaysGrowsWhenTypingAtEdges
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- stickiness?: TrackedRangeStickiness;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * CSS class name describing the decoration.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- className?: string | null;
|
|
|
- blockClassName?: string | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Indicates if this block should be rendered after the last line.
|
|
|
- * In this case, the range must be empty and set to the last line.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- blockIsAfterEnd?: boolean | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Message to be rendered when hovering over the glyph margin decoration.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- glyphMarginHoverMessage?: IMarkdownString | IMarkdownString[] | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Array of MarkdownString to render as the decoration message.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- hoverMessage?: IMarkdownString | IMarkdownString[] | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Should the decoration expand to encompass a whole line.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- isWholeLine?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Always render the decoration (even when the range it encompasses is collapsed).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showIfCollapsed?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Specifies the stack order of a decoration.
|
|
|
- * A decoration with greater stack order is always in front of a decoration with
|
|
|
- * a lower stack order when the decorations are on the same line.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- zIndex?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If set, render this decoration in the overview ruler.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- overviewRuler?: IModelDecorationOverviewRulerOptions | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If set, render this decoration in the minimap.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- minimap?: IModelDecorationMinimapOptions | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If set, the decoration will be rendered in the glyph margin with this CSS class name.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- glyphMarginClassName?: string | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If set, the decoration will be rendered in the lines decorations with this CSS class name.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- linesDecorationsClassName?: string | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If set, the decoration will be rendered in the lines decorations with this CSS class name, but only for the first line in case of line wrapping.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- firstLineDecorationClassName?: string | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If set, the decoration will be rendered in the margin (covering its full width) with this CSS class name.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- marginClassName?: string | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If set, the decoration will be rendered inline with the text with this CSS class name.
|
|
|
- * Please use this only for CSS rules that must impact the text. For example, use `className`
|
|
|
- * to have a background color decoration.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- inlineClassName?: string | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If there is an `inlineClassName` which affects letter spacing.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- inlineClassNameAffectsLetterSpacing?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If set, the decoration will be rendered before the text with this CSS class name.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- beforeContentClassName?: string | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If set, the decoration will be rendered after the text with this CSS class name.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- afterContentClassName?: string | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If set, text will be injected in the view after the range.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- after?: InjectedTextOptions | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If set, text will be injected in the view before the range.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- before?: InjectedTextOptions | null;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configures text that is injected into the view without changing the underlying document.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface InjectedTextOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Sets the text to inject. Must be a single line.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly content: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If set, the decoration will be rendered inline with the text with this CSS class name.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly inlineClassName?: string | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If there is an `inlineClassName` which affects letter spacing.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly inlineClassNameAffectsLetterSpacing?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * This field allows to attach data to this injected text.
|
|
|
- * The data can be read when injected texts at a given position are queried.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly attachedData?: unknown;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configures cursor stops around injected text.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to {@link InjectedTextCursorStops.Both}.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly cursorStops?: InjectedTextCursorStops | null;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export enum InjectedTextCursorStops {
|
|
|
- Both = 0,
|
|
|
- Right = 1,
|
|
|
- Left = 2,
|
|
|
- None = 3
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * New model decorations.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IModelDeltaDecoration {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Range that this decoration covers.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- range: IRange;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Options associated with this decoration.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- options: IModelDecorationOptions;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A decoration in the model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IModelDecoration {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Identifier for a decoration.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly id: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Identifier for a decoration's owner.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly ownerId: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Range that this decoration covers.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly range: Range;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Options associated with this decoration.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly options: IModelDecorationOptions;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * End of line character preference.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export enum EndOfLinePreference {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Use the end of line character identified in the text buffer.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- TextDefined = 0,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Use line feed (\n) as the end of line character.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- LF = 1,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Use carriage return and line feed (\r\n) as the end of line character.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- CRLF = 2
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The default end of line to use when instantiating models.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export enum DefaultEndOfLine {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Use line feed (\n) as the end of line character.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- LF = 1,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Use carriage return and line feed (\r\n) as the end of line character.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- CRLF = 2
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * End of line character preference.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export enum EndOfLineSequence {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Use line feed (\n) as the end of line character.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- LF = 0,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Use carriage return and line feed (\r\n) as the end of line character.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- CRLF = 1
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A single edit operation, that has an identifier.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IIdentifiedSingleEditOperation extends ISingleEditOperation {
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IValidEditOperation {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The range to replace. This can be empty to emulate a simple insert.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- range: Range;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The text to replace with. This can be empty to emulate a simple delete.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- text: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A callback that can compute the cursor state after applying a series of edit operations.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface ICursorStateComputer {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A callback that can compute the resulting cursors state after some edit operations have been executed.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- (inverseEditOperations: IValidEditOperation[]): Selection[] | null;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export class TextModelResolvedOptions {
|
|
|
- _textModelResolvedOptionsBrand: void;
|
|
|
- readonly tabSize: number;
|
|
|
- readonly indentSize: number;
|
|
|
- readonly insertSpaces: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly defaultEOL: DefaultEndOfLine;
|
|
|
- readonly trimAutoWhitespace: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly bracketPairColorizationOptions: BracketPairColorizationOptions;
|
|
|
- get originalIndentSize(): number | 'tabSize';
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface BracketPairColorizationOptions {
|
|
|
- enabled: boolean;
|
|
|
- independentColorPoolPerBracketType: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface ITextModelUpdateOptions {
|
|
|
- tabSize?: number;
|
|
|
- indentSize?: number | 'tabSize';
|
|
|
- insertSpaces?: boolean;
|
|
|
- trimAutoWhitespace?: boolean;
|
|
|
- bracketColorizationOptions?: BracketPairColorizationOptions;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export class FindMatch {
|
|
|
- _findMatchBrand: void;
|
|
|
- readonly range: Range;
|
|
|
- readonly matches: string[] | null;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Describes the behavior of decorations when typing/editing near their edges.
|
|
|
- * Note: Please do not edit the values, as they very carefully match `DecorationRangeBehavior`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export enum TrackedRangeStickiness {
|
|
|
- AlwaysGrowsWhenTypingAtEdges = 0,
|
|
|
- NeverGrowsWhenTypingAtEdges = 1,
|
|
|
- GrowsOnlyWhenTypingBefore = 2,
|
|
|
- GrowsOnlyWhenTypingAfter = 3
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Text snapshot that works like an iterator.
|
|
|
- * Will try to return chunks of roughly ~64KB size.
|
|
|
- * Will return null when finished.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface ITextSnapshot {
|
|
|
- read(): string | null;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface ITextModel {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Gets the resource associated with this editor model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly uri: Uri;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A unique identifier associated with this model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly id: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the resolved options for this model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getOptions(): TextModelResolvedOptions;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the current version id of the model.
|
|
|
- * Anytime a change happens to the model (even undo/redo),
|
|
|
- * the version id is incremented.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getVersionId(): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the alternative version id of the model.
|
|
|
- * This alternative version id is not always incremented,
|
|
|
- * it will return the same values in the case of undo-redo.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getAlternativeVersionId(): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Replace the entire text buffer value contained in this model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setValue(newValue: string | ITextSnapshot): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the text stored in this model.
|
|
|
- * @param eol The end of line character preference. Defaults to `EndOfLinePreference.TextDefined`.
|
|
|
- * @param preserverBOM Preserve a BOM character if it was detected when the model was constructed.
|
|
|
- * @return The text.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getValue(eol?: EndOfLinePreference, preserveBOM?: boolean): string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the text stored in this model.
|
|
|
- * @param preserverBOM Preserve a BOM character if it was detected when the model was constructed.
|
|
|
- * @return The text snapshot (it is safe to consume it asynchronously).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- createSnapshot(preserveBOM?: boolean): ITextSnapshot;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the length of the text stored in this model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getValueLength(eol?: EndOfLinePreference, preserveBOM?: boolean): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the text in a certain range.
|
|
|
- * @param range The range describing what text to get.
|
|
|
- * @param eol The end of line character preference. This will only be used for multiline ranges. Defaults to `EndOfLinePreference.TextDefined`.
|
|
|
- * @return The text.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getValueInRange(range: IRange, eol?: EndOfLinePreference): string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the length of text in a certain range.
|
|
|
- * @param range The range describing what text length to get.
|
|
|
- * @return The text length.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getValueLengthInRange(range: IRange, eol?: EndOfLinePreference): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the character count of text in a certain range.
|
|
|
- * @param range The range describing what text length to get.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getCharacterCountInRange(range: IRange, eol?: EndOfLinePreference): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the number of lines in the model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getLineCount(): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the text for a certain line.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getLineContent(lineNumber: number): string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the text length for a certain line.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getLineLength(lineNumber: number): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the text for all lines.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getLinesContent(): string[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the end of line sequence predominantly used in the text buffer.
|
|
|
- * @return EOL char sequence (e.g.: '\n' or '\r\n').
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getEOL(): string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the end of line sequence predominantly used in the text buffer.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getEndOfLineSequence(): EndOfLineSequence;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the minimum legal column for line at `lineNumber`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getLineMinColumn(lineNumber: number): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the maximum legal column for line at `lineNumber`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getLineMaxColumn(lineNumber: number): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Returns the column before the first non whitespace character for line at `lineNumber`.
|
|
|
- * Returns 0 if line is empty or contains only whitespace.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getLineFirstNonWhitespaceColumn(lineNumber: number): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Returns the column after the last non whitespace character for line at `lineNumber`.
|
|
|
- * Returns 0 if line is empty or contains only whitespace.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getLineLastNonWhitespaceColumn(lineNumber: number): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Create a valid position.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- validatePosition(position: IPosition): Position;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Advances the given position by the given offset (negative offsets are also accepted)
|
|
|
- * and returns it as a new valid position.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * If the offset and position are such that their combination goes beyond the beginning or
|
|
|
- * end of the model, throws an exception.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * If the offset is such that the new position would be in the middle of a multi-byte
|
|
|
- * line terminator, throws an exception.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- modifyPosition(position: IPosition, offset: number): Position;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Create a valid range.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- validateRange(range: IRange): Range;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Converts the position to a zero-based offset.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * The position will be [adjusted](#TextDocument.validatePosition).
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * @param position A position.
|
|
|
- * @return A valid zero-based offset.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getOffsetAt(position: IPosition): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Converts a zero-based offset to a position.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * @param offset A zero-based offset.
|
|
|
- * @return A valid [position](#Position).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getPositionAt(offset: number): Position;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get a range covering the entire model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getFullModelRange(): Range;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Returns if the model was disposed or not.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- isDisposed(): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Search the model.
|
|
|
- * @param searchString The string used to search. If it is a regular expression, set `isRegex` to true.
|
|
|
- * @param searchOnlyEditableRange Limit the searching to only search inside the editable range of the model.
|
|
|
- * @param isRegex Used to indicate that `searchString` is a regular expression.
|
|
|
- * @param matchCase Force the matching to match lower/upper case exactly.
|
|
|
- * @param wordSeparators Force the matching to match entire words only. Pass null otherwise.
|
|
|
- * @param captureMatches The result will contain the captured groups.
|
|
|
- * @param limitResultCount Limit the number of results
|
|
|
- * @return The ranges where the matches are. It is empty if not matches have been found.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- findMatches(searchString: string, searchOnlyEditableRange: boolean, isRegex: boolean, matchCase: boolean, wordSeparators: string | null, captureMatches: boolean, limitResultCount?: number): FindMatch[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Search the model.
|
|
|
- * @param searchString The string used to search. If it is a regular expression, set `isRegex` to true.
|
|
|
- * @param searchScope Limit the searching to only search inside these ranges.
|
|
|
- * @param isRegex Used to indicate that `searchString` is a regular expression.
|
|
|
- * @param matchCase Force the matching to match lower/upper case exactly.
|
|
|
- * @param wordSeparators Force the matching to match entire words only. Pass null otherwise.
|
|
|
- * @param captureMatches The result will contain the captured groups.
|
|
|
- * @param limitResultCount Limit the number of results
|
|
|
- * @return The ranges where the matches are. It is empty if no matches have been found.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- findMatches(searchString: string, searchScope: IRange | IRange[], isRegex: boolean, matchCase: boolean, wordSeparators: string | null, captureMatches: boolean, limitResultCount?: number): FindMatch[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Search the model for the next match. Loops to the beginning of the model if needed.
|
|
|
- * @param searchString The string used to search. If it is a regular expression, set `isRegex` to true.
|
|
|
- * @param searchStart Start the searching at the specified position.
|
|
|
- * @param isRegex Used to indicate that `searchString` is a regular expression.
|
|
|
- * @param matchCase Force the matching to match lower/upper case exactly.
|
|
|
- * @param wordSeparators Force the matching to match entire words only. Pass null otherwise.
|
|
|
- * @param captureMatches The result will contain the captured groups.
|
|
|
- * @return The range where the next match is. It is null if no next match has been found.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- findNextMatch(searchString: string, searchStart: IPosition, isRegex: boolean, matchCase: boolean, wordSeparators: string | null, captureMatches: boolean): FindMatch | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Search the model for the previous match. Loops to the end of the model if needed.
|
|
|
- * @param searchString The string used to search. If it is a regular expression, set `isRegex` to true.
|
|
|
- * @param searchStart Start the searching at the specified position.
|
|
|
- * @param isRegex Used to indicate that `searchString` is a regular expression.
|
|
|
- * @param matchCase Force the matching to match lower/upper case exactly.
|
|
|
- * @param wordSeparators Force the matching to match entire words only. Pass null otherwise.
|
|
|
- * @param captureMatches The result will contain the captured groups.
|
|
|
- * @return The range where the previous match is. It is null if no previous match has been found.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- findPreviousMatch(searchString: string, searchStart: IPosition, isRegex: boolean, matchCase: boolean, wordSeparators: string | null, captureMatches: boolean): FindMatch | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the language associated with this model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getLanguageId(): string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the word under or besides `position`.
|
|
|
- * @param position The position to look for a word.
|
|
|
- * @return The word under or besides `position`. Might be null.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getWordAtPosition(position: IPosition): IWordAtPosition | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the word under or besides `position` trimmed to `position`.column
|
|
|
- * @param position The position to look for a word.
|
|
|
- * @return The word under or besides `position`. Will never be null.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getWordUntilPosition(position: IPosition): IWordAtPosition;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Perform a minimum amount of operations, in order to transform the decorations
|
|
|
- * identified by `oldDecorations` to the decorations described by `newDecorations`
|
|
|
- * and returns the new identifiers associated with the resulting decorations.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * @param oldDecorations Array containing previous decorations identifiers.
|
|
|
- * @param newDecorations Array describing what decorations should result after the call.
|
|
|
- * @param ownerId Identifies the editor id in which these decorations should appear. If no `ownerId` is provided, the decorations will appear in all editors that attach this model.
|
|
|
- * @return An array containing the new decorations identifiers.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- deltaDecorations(oldDecorations: string[], newDecorations: IModelDeltaDecoration[], ownerId?: number): string[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the options associated with a decoration.
|
|
|
- * @param id The decoration id.
|
|
|
- * @return The decoration options or null if the decoration was not found.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getDecorationOptions(id: string): IModelDecorationOptions | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the range associated with a decoration.
|
|
|
- * @param id The decoration id.
|
|
|
- * @return The decoration range or null if the decoration was not found.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getDecorationRange(id: string): Range | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Gets all the decorations for the line `lineNumber` as an array.
|
|
|
- * @param lineNumber The line number
|
|
|
- * @param ownerId If set, it will ignore decorations belonging to other owners.
|
|
|
- * @param filterOutValidation If set, it will ignore decorations specific to validation (i.e. warnings, errors).
|
|
|
- * @return An array with the decorations
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getLineDecorations(lineNumber: number, ownerId?: number, filterOutValidation?: boolean): IModelDecoration[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Gets all the decorations for the lines between `startLineNumber` and `endLineNumber` as an array.
|
|
|
- * @param startLineNumber The start line number
|
|
|
- * @param endLineNumber The end line number
|
|
|
- * @param ownerId If set, it will ignore decorations belonging to other owners.
|
|
|
- * @param filterOutValidation If set, it will ignore decorations specific to validation (i.e. warnings, errors).
|
|
|
- * @return An array with the decorations
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getLinesDecorations(startLineNumber: number, endLineNumber: number, ownerId?: number, filterOutValidation?: boolean): IModelDecoration[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Gets all the decorations in a range as an array. Only `startLineNumber` and `endLineNumber` from `range` are used for filtering.
|
|
|
- * So for now it returns all the decorations on the same line as `range`.
|
|
|
- * @param range The range to search in
|
|
|
- * @param ownerId If set, it will ignore decorations belonging to other owners.
|
|
|
- * @param filterOutValidation If set, it will ignore decorations specific to validation (i.e. warnings, errors).
|
|
|
- * @return An array with the decorations
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getDecorationsInRange(range: IRange, ownerId?: number, filterOutValidation?: boolean, onlyMinimapDecorations?: boolean): IModelDecoration[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Gets all the decorations as an array.
|
|
|
- * @param ownerId If set, it will ignore decorations belonging to other owners.
|
|
|
- * @param filterOutValidation If set, it will ignore decorations specific to validation (i.e. warnings, errors).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getAllDecorations(ownerId?: number, filterOutValidation?: boolean): IModelDecoration[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Gets all the decorations that should be rendered in the overview ruler as an array.
|
|
|
- * @param ownerId If set, it will ignore decorations belonging to other owners.
|
|
|
- * @param filterOutValidation If set, it will ignore decorations specific to validation (i.e. warnings, errors).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getOverviewRulerDecorations(ownerId?: number, filterOutValidation?: boolean): IModelDecoration[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Gets all the decorations that contain injected text.
|
|
|
- * @param ownerId If set, it will ignore decorations belonging to other owners.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getInjectedTextDecorations(ownerId?: number): IModelDecoration[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Normalize a string containing whitespace according to indentation rules (converts to spaces or to tabs).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- normalizeIndentation(str: string): string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Change the options of this model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- updateOptions(newOpts: ITextModelUpdateOptions): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Detect the indentation options for this model from its content.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- detectIndentation(defaultInsertSpaces: boolean, defaultTabSize: number): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Close the current undo-redo element.
|
|
|
- * This offers a way to create an undo/redo stop point.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- pushStackElement(): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Open the current undo-redo element.
|
|
|
- * This offers a way to remove the current undo/redo stop point.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- popStackElement(): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Push edit operations, basically editing the model. This is the preferred way
|
|
|
- * of editing the model. The edit operations will land on the undo stack.
|
|
|
- * @param beforeCursorState The cursor state before the edit operations. This cursor state will be returned when `undo` or `redo` are invoked.
|
|
|
- * @param editOperations The edit operations.
|
|
|
- * @param cursorStateComputer A callback that can compute the resulting cursors state after the edit operations have been executed.
|
|
|
- * @return The cursor state returned by the `cursorStateComputer`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- pushEditOperations(beforeCursorState: Selection[] | null, editOperations: IIdentifiedSingleEditOperation[], cursorStateComputer: ICursorStateComputer): Selection[] | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Change the end of line sequence. This is the preferred way of
|
|
|
- * changing the eol sequence. This will land on the undo stack.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- pushEOL(eol: EndOfLineSequence): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Edit the model without adding the edits to the undo stack.
|
|
|
- * This can have dire consequences on the undo stack! See @pushEditOperations for the preferred way.
|
|
|
- * @param operations The edit operations.
|
|
|
- * @return If desired, the inverse edit operations, that, when applied, will bring the model back to the previous state.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- applyEdits(operations: IIdentifiedSingleEditOperation[]): void;
|
|
|
- applyEdits(operations: IIdentifiedSingleEditOperation[], computeUndoEdits: false): void;
|
|
|
- applyEdits(operations: IIdentifiedSingleEditOperation[], computeUndoEdits: true): IValidEditOperation[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Change the end of line sequence without recording in the undo stack.
|
|
|
- * This can have dire consequences on the undo stack! See @pushEOL for the preferred way.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setEOL(eol: EndOfLineSequence): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when the contents of the model have changed.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- onDidChangeContent(listener: (e: IModelContentChangedEvent) => void): IDisposable;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when decorations of the model have changed.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidChangeDecorations: IEvent<IModelDecorationsChangedEvent>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when the model options have changed.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidChangeOptions: IEvent<IModelOptionsChangedEvent>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when the language associated with the model has changed.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidChangeLanguage: IEvent<IModelLanguageChangedEvent>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when the language configuration associated with the model has changed.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidChangeLanguageConfiguration: IEvent<IModelLanguageConfigurationChangedEvent>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when the model has been attached to the first editor or detached from the last editor.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidChangeAttached: IEvent<void>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted right before disposing the model.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onWillDispose: IEvent<void>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Destroy this model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- dispose(): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Returns if this model is attached to an editor or not.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- isAttachedToEditor(): boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export enum PositionAffinity {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Prefers the left most position.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Left = 0,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Prefers the right most position.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Right = 1,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * No preference.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- None = 2,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If the given position is on injected text, prefers the position left of it.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- LeftOfInjectedText = 3,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If the given position is on injected text, prefers the position right of it.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- RightOfInjectedText = 4
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A change
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IChange {
|
|
|
- readonly originalStartLineNumber: number;
|
|
|
- readonly originalEndLineNumber: number;
|
|
|
- readonly modifiedStartLineNumber: number;
|
|
|
- readonly modifiedEndLineNumber: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A character level change.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface ICharChange extends IChange {
|
|
|
- readonly originalStartColumn: number;
|
|
|
- readonly originalEndColumn: number;
|
|
|
- readonly modifiedStartColumn: number;
|
|
|
- readonly modifiedEndColumn: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A line change
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface ILineChange extends IChange {
|
|
|
- readonly charChanges: ICharChange[] | undefined;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A document diff provider computes the diff between two text models.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IDocumentDiffProvider {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Computes the diff between the text models `original` and `modified`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- computeDiff(original: ITextModel, modified: ITextModel, options: IDocumentDiffProviderOptions): Promise<IDocumentDiff>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Is fired when settings of the diff algorithm change that could alter the result of the diffing computation.
|
|
|
- * Any user of this provider should recompute the diff when this event is fired.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- onDidChange: IEvent<void>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Options for the diff computation.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IDocumentDiffProviderOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * When set to true, the diff should ignore whitespace changes.i
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- ignoreTrimWhitespace: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A diff computation should throw if it takes longer than this value.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- maxComputationTimeMs: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Represents a diff between two text models.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IDocumentDiff {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If true, both text models are identical (byte-wise).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly identical: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If true, the diff computation timed out and the diff might not be accurate.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly quitEarly: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Maps all modified line ranges in the original to the corresponding line ranges in the modified text model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly changes: LineRangeMapping[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Maps a line range in the original text model to a line range in the modified text model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export class LineRangeMapping {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The line range in the original text model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly originalRange: LineRange;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The line range in the modified text model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly modifiedRange: LineRange;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If inner changes have not been computed, this is set to undefined.
|
|
|
- * Otherwise, it represents the character-level diff in this line range.
|
|
|
- * The original range of each range mapping should be contained in the original line range (same for modified).
|
|
|
- * Must not be an empty array.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly innerChanges: RangeMapping[] | undefined;
|
|
|
- constructor(originalRange: LineRange, modifiedRange: LineRange, innerChanges: RangeMapping[] | undefined);
|
|
|
- toString(): string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A range of lines (1-based).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export class LineRange {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The start line number.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly startLineNumber: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The end line number (exclusive).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly endLineNumberExclusive: number;
|
|
|
- constructor(startLineNumber: number, endLineNumberExclusive: number);
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Indicates if this line range is empty.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- get isEmpty(): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Moves this line range by the given offset of line numbers.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- delta(offset: number): LineRange;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The number of lines this line range spans.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- get length(): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Creates a line range that combines this and the given line range.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- join(other: LineRange): LineRange;
|
|
|
- toString(): string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Maps a range in the original text model to a range in the modified text model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export class RangeMapping {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The original range.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly originalRange: Range;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The modified range.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly modifiedRange: Range;
|
|
|
- constructor(originalRange: Range, modifiedRange: Range);
|
|
|
- toString(): string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface IDimension {
|
|
|
- width: number;
|
|
|
- height: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A builder and helper for edit operations for a command.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IEditOperationBuilder {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Add a new edit operation (a replace operation).
|
|
|
- * @param range The range to replace (delete). May be empty to represent a simple insert.
|
|
|
- * @param text The text to replace with. May be null to represent a simple delete.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- addEditOperation(range: IRange, text: string | null, forceMoveMarkers?: boolean): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Add a new edit operation (a replace operation).
|
|
|
- * The inverse edits will be accessible in `ICursorStateComputerData.getInverseEditOperations()`
|
|
|
- * @param range The range to replace (delete). May be empty to represent a simple insert.
|
|
|
- * @param text The text to replace with. May be null to represent a simple delete.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- addTrackedEditOperation(range: IRange, text: string | null, forceMoveMarkers?: boolean): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Track `selection` when applying edit operations.
|
|
|
- * A best effort will be made to not grow/expand the selection.
|
|
|
- * An empty selection will clamp to a nearby character.
|
|
|
- * @param selection The selection to track.
|
|
|
- * @param trackPreviousOnEmpty If set, and the selection is empty, indicates whether the selection
|
|
|
- * should clamp to the previous or the next character.
|
|
|
- * @return A unique identifier.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- trackSelection(selection: Selection, trackPreviousOnEmpty?: boolean): string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A helper for computing cursor state after a command.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface ICursorStateComputerData {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the inverse edit operations of the added edit operations.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getInverseEditOperations(): IValidEditOperation[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get a previously tracked selection.
|
|
|
- * @param id The unique identifier returned by `trackSelection`.
|
|
|
- * @return The selection.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getTrackedSelection(id: string): Selection;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A command that modifies text / cursor state on a model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface ICommand {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the edit operations needed to execute this command.
|
|
|
- * @param model The model the command will execute on.
|
|
|
- * @param builder A helper to collect the needed edit operations and to track selections.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getEditOperations(model: ITextModel, builder: IEditOperationBuilder): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Compute the cursor state after the edit operations were applied.
|
|
|
- * @param model The model the command has executed on.
|
|
|
- * @param helper A helper to get inverse edit operations and to get previously tracked selections.
|
|
|
- * @return The cursor state after the command executed.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- computeCursorState(model: ITextModel, helper: ICursorStateComputerData): Selection;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A model for the diff editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IDiffEditorModel {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Original model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- original: ITextModel;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Modified model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- modified: ITextModel;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event describing that an editor has had its model reset (i.e. `editor.setModel()`).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IModelChangedEvent {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The `uri` of the previous model or null.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly oldModelUrl: Uri | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The `uri` of the new model or null.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly newModelUrl: Uri | null;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IContentSizeChangedEvent {
|
|
|
- readonly contentWidth: number;
|
|
|
- readonly contentHeight: number;
|
|
|
- readonly contentWidthChanged: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly contentHeightChanged: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface INewScrollPosition {
|
|
|
- scrollLeft?: number;
|
|
|
- scrollTop?: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IEditorAction {
|
|
|
- readonly id: string;
|
|
|
- readonly label: string;
|
|
|
- readonly alias: string;
|
|
|
- isSupported(): boolean;
|
|
|
- run(): Promise<void>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export type IEditorModel = ITextModel | IDiffEditorModel;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A (serializable) state of the cursors.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface ICursorState {
|
|
|
- inSelectionMode: boolean;
|
|
|
- selectionStart: IPosition;
|
|
|
- position: IPosition;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A (serializable) state of the view.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IViewState {
|
|
|
- /** written by previous versions */
|
|
|
- scrollTop?: number;
|
|
|
- /** written by previous versions */
|
|
|
- scrollTopWithoutViewZones?: number;
|
|
|
- scrollLeft: number;
|
|
|
- firstPosition: IPosition;
|
|
|
- firstPositionDeltaTop: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A (serializable) state of the code editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface ICodeEditorViewState {
|
|
|
- cursorState: ICursorState[];
|
|
|
- viewState: IViewState;
|
|
|
- contributionsState: {
|
|
|
- [id: string]: any;
|
|
|
- };
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * (Serializable) View state for the diff editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IDiffEditorViewState {
|
|
|
- original: ICodeEditorViewState | null;
|
|
|
- modified: ICodeEditorViewState | null;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An editor view state.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export type IEditorViewState = ICodeEditorViewState | IDiffEditorViewState;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export enum ScrollType {
|
|
|
- Smooth = 0,
|
|
|
- Immediate = 1
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IEditor {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when the editor has been disposed.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- onDidDispose(listener: () => void): IDisposable;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Dispose the editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- dispose(): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get a unique id for this editor instance.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getId(): string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the editor type. Please see `EditorType`.
|
|
|
- * This is to avoid an instanceof check
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getEditorType(): string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Update the editor's options after the editor has been created.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- updateOptions(newOptions: IEditorOptions): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Instructs the editor to remeasure its container. This method should
|
|
|
- * be called when the container of the editor gets resized.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * If a dimension is passed in, the passed in value will be used.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- layout(dimension?: IDimension): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Brings browser focus to the editor text
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- focus(): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Returns true if the text inside this editor is focused (i.e. cursor is blinking).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- hasTextFocus(): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Returns all actions associated with this editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getSupportedActions(): IEditorAction[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Saves current view state of the editor in a serializable object.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- saveViewState(): IEditorViewState | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Restores the view state of the editor from a serializable object generated by `saveViewState`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- restoreViewState(state: IEditorViewState | null): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Given a position, returns a column number that takes tab-widths into account.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getVisibleColumnFromPosition(position: IPosition): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Returns the primary position of the cursor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getPosition(): Position | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Set the primary position of the cursor. This will remove any secondary cursors.
|
|
|
- * @param position New primary cursor's position
|
|
|
- * @param source Source of the call that caused the position
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setPosition(position: IPosition, source?: string): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Scroll vertically as necessary and reveal a line.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- revealLine(lineNumber: number, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Scroll vertically as necessary and reveal a line centered vertically.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- revealLineInCenter(lineNumber: number, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Scroll vertically as necessary and reveal a line centered vertically only if it lies outside the viewport.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- revealLineInCenterIfOutsideViewport(lineNumber: number, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Scroll vertically as necessary and reveal a line close to the top of the viewport,
|
|
|
- * optimized for viewing a code definition.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- revealLineNearTop(lineNumber: number, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Scroll vertically or horizontally as necessary and reveal a position.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- revealPosition(position: IPosition, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Scroll vertically or horizontally as necessary and reveal a position centered vertically.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- revealPositionInCenter(position: IPosition, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Scroll vertically or horizontally as necessary and reveal a position centered vertically only if it lies outside the viewport.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- revealPositionInCenterIfOutsideViewport(position: IPosition, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Scroll vertically or horizontally as necessary and reveal a position close to the top of the viewport,
|
|
|
- * optimized for viewing a code definition.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- revealPositionNearTop(position: IPosition, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Returns the primary selection of the editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getSelection(): Selection | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Returns all the selections of the editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getSelections(): Selection[] | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Set the primary selection of the editor. This will remove any secondary cursors.
|
|
|
- * @param selection The new selection
|
|
|
- * @param source Source of the call that caused the selection
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setSelection(selection: IRange, source?: string): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Set the primary selection of the editor. This will remove any secondary cursors.
|
|
|
- * @param selection The new selection
|
|
|
- * @param source Source of the call that caused the selection
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setSelection(selection: Range, source?: string): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Set the primary selection of the editor. This will remove any secondary cursors.
|
|
|
- * @param selection The new selection
|
|
|
- * @param source Source of the call that caused the selection
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setSelection(selection: ISelection, source?: string): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Set the primary selection of the editor. This will remove any secondary cursors.
|
|
|
- * @param selection The new selection
|
|
|
- * @param source Source of the call that caused the selection
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setSelection(selection: Selection, source?: string): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Set the selections for all the cursors of the editor.
|
|
|
- * Cursors will be removed or added, as necessary.
|
|
|
- * @param selections The new selection
|
|
|
- * @param source Source of the call that caused the selection
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setSelections(selections: readonly ISelection[], source?: string): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Scroll vertically as necessary and reveal lines.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- revealLines(startLineNumber: number, endLineNumber: number, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Scroll vertically as necessary and reveal lines centered vertically.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- revealLinesInCenter(lineNumber: number, endLineNumber: number, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Scroll vertically as necessary and reveal lines centered vertically only if it lies outside the viewport.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- revealLinesInCenterIfOutsideViewport(lineNumber: number, endLineNumber: number, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Scroll vertically as necessary and reveal lines close to the top of the viewport,
|
|
|
- * optimized for viewing a code definition.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- revealLinesNearTop(lineNumber: number, endLineNumber: number, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Scroll vertically or horizontally as necessary and reveal a range.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- revealRange(range: IRange, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Scroll vertically or horizontally as necessary and reveal a range centered vertically.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- revealRangeInCenter(range: IRange, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Scroll vertically or horizontally as necessary and reveal a range at the top of the viewport.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- revealRangeAtTop(range: IRange, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Scroll vertically or horizontally as necessary and reveal a range centered vertically only if it lies outside the viewport.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- revealRangeInCenterIfOutsideViewport(range: IRange, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Scroll vertically or horizontally as necessary and reveal a range close to the top of the viewport,
|
|
|
- * optimized for viewing a code definition.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- revealRangeNearTop(range: IRange, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Scroll vertically or horizontally as necessary and reveal a range close to the top of the viewport,
|
|
|
- * optimized for viewing a code definition. Only if it lies outside the viewport.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- revealRangeNearTopIfOutsideViewport(range: IRange, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Directly trigger a handler or an editor action.
|
|
|
- * @param source The source of the call.
|
|
|
- * @param handlerId The id of the handler or the id of a contribution.
|
|
|
- * @param payload Extra data to be sent to the handler.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- trigger(source: string | null | undefined, handlerId: string, payload: any): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Gets the current model attached to this editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getModel(): IEditorModel | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Sets the current model attached to this editor.
|
|
|
- * If the previous model was created by the editor via the value key in the options
|
|
|
- * literal object, it will be destroyed. Otherwise, if the previous model was set
|
|
|
- * via setModel, or the model key in the options literal object, the previous model
|
|
|
- * will not be destroyed.
|
|
|
- * It is safe to call setModel(null) to simply detach the current model from the editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setModel(model: IEditorModel | null): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Create a collection of decorations. All decorations added through this collection
|
|
|
- * will get the ownerId of the editor (meaning they will not show up in other editors).
|
|
|
- * These decorations will be automatically cleared when the editor's model changes.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- createDecorationsCollection(decorations?: IModelDeltaDecoration[]): IEditorDecorationsCollection;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A collection of decorations
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IEditorDecorationsCollection {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when decorations change in the editor,
|
|
|
- * but the change is not caused by us setting or clearing the collection.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- onDidChange: IEvent<IModelDecorationsChangedEvent>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the decorations count.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- length: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the range for a decoration.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getRange(index: number): Range | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get all ranges for decorations.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getRanges(): Range[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Determine if a decoration is in this collection.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- has(decoration: IModelDecoration): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Replace all previous decorations with `newDecorations`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- set(newDecorations: IModelDeltaDecoration[]): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Remove all previous decorations.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- clear(): void;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An editor contribution that gets created every time a new editor gets created and gets disposed when the editor gets disposed.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IEditorContribution {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Dispose this contribution.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- dispose(): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Store view state.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- saveViewState?(): any;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Restore view state.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- restoreViewState?(state: any): void;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The type of the `IEditor`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export const EditorType: {
|
|
|
- ICodeEditor: string;
|
|
|
- IDiffEditor: string;
|
|
|
- };
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event describing that the current language associated with a model has changed.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IModelLanguageChangedEvent {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Previous language
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly oldLanguage: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * New language
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly newLanguage: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Source of the call that caused the event.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly source: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event describing that the language configuration associated with a model has changed.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IModelLanguageConfigurationChangedEvent {
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IModelContentChange {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The range that got replaced.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly range: IRange;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The offset of the range that got replaced.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly rangeOffset: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The length of the range that got replaced.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly rangeLength: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The new text for the range.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly text: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event describing a change in the text of a model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IModelContentChangedEvent {
|
|
|
- readonly changes: IModelContentChange[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The (new) end-of-line character.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly eol: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The new version id the model has transitioned to.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly versionId: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Flag that indicates that this event was generated while undoing.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly isUndoing: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Flag that indicates that this event was generated while redoing.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly isRedoing: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Flag that indicates that all decorations were lost with this edit.
|
|
|
- * The model has been reset to a new value.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly isFlush: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event describing that model decorations have changed.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IModelDecorationsChangedEvent {
|
|
|
- readonly affectsMinimap: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly affectsOverviewRuler: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IModelOptionsChangedEvent {
|
|
|
- readonly tabSize: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly indentSize: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly insertSpaces: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly trimAutoWhitespace: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Describes the reason the cursor has changed its position.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export enum CursorChangeReason {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Unknown or not set.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- NotSet = 0,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A `model.setValue()` was called.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- ContentFlush = 1,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The `model` has been changed outside of this cursor and the cursor recovers its position from associated markers.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- RecoverFromMarkers = 2,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * There was an explicit user gesture.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Explicit = 3,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * There was a Paste.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Paste = 4,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * There was an Undo.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Undo = 5,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * There was a Redo.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Redo = 6
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event describing that the cursor position has changed.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface ICursorPositionChangedEvent {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Primary cursor's position.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly position: Position;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Secondary cursors' position.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly secondaryPositions: Position[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Reason.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly reason: CursorChangeReason;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Source of the call that caused the event.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly source: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event describing that the cursor selection has changed.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface ICursorSelectionChangedEvent {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The primary selection.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly selection: Selection;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The secondary selections.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly secondarySelections: Selection[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The model version id.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly modelVersionId: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The old selections.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly oldSelections: Selection[] | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The model version id the that `oldSelections` refer to.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly oldModelVersionId: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Source of the call that caused the event.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly source: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Reason.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly reason: CursorChangeReason;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export enum AccessibilitySupport {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * This should be the browser case where it is not known if a screen reader is attached or no.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Unknown = 0,
|
|
|
- Disabled = 1,
|
|
|
- Enabled = 2
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configuration options for auto closing quotes and brackets
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export type EditorAutoClosingStrategy = 'always' | 'languageDefined' | 'beforeWhitespace' | 'never';
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configuration options for auto wrapping quotes and brackets
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export type EditorAutoSurroundStrategy = 'languageDefined' | 'quotes' | 'brackets' | 'never';
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configuration options for typing over closing quotes or brackets
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export type EditorAutoClosingEditStrategy = 'always' | 'auto' | 'never';
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configuration options for auto indentation in the editor
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export enum EditorAutoIndentStrategy {
|
|
|
- None = 0,
|
|
|
- Keep = 1,
|
|
|
- Brackets = 2,
|
|
|
- Advanced = 3,
|
|
|
- Full = 4
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configuration options for the editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IEditorOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * This editor is used inside a diff editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- inDiffEditor?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The aria label for the editor's textarea (when it is focused).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- ariaLabel?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The `tabindex` property of the editor's textarea
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- tabIndex?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Render vertical lines at the specified columns.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to empty array.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- rulers?: (number | IRulerOption)[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A string containing the word separators used when doing word navigation.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to `~!@#$%^&*()-=+[{]}\\|;:\'",.<>/?
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- wordSeparators?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable Linux primary clipboard.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- selectionClipboard?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control the rendering of line numbers.
|
|
|
- * If it is a function, it will be invoked when rendering a line number and the return value will be rendered.
|
|
|
- * Otherwise, if it is a truthy, line numbers will be rendered normally (equivalent of using an identity function).
|
|
|
- * Otherwise, line numbers will not be rendered.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to `on`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- lineNumbers?: LineNumbersType;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls the minimal number of visible leading and trailing lines surrounding the cursor.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 0.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- cursorSurroundingLines?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls when `cursorSurroundingLines` should be enforced
|
|
|
- * Defaults to `default`, `cursorSurroundingLines` is not enforced when cursor position is changed
|
|
|
- * by mouse.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- cursorSurroundingLinesStyle?: 'default' | 'all';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Render last line number when the file ends with a newline.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 'on' for Windows and macOS and 'dimmed' for Linux.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- renderFinalNewline?: 'on' | 'off' | 'dimmed';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Remove unusual line terminators like LINE SEPARATOR (LS), PARAGRAPH SEPARATOR (PS).
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 'prompt'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- unusualLineTerminators?: 'auto' | 'off' | 'prompt';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Should the corresponding line be selected when clicking on the line number?
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- selectOnLineNumbers?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control the width of line numbers, by reserving horizontal space for rendering at least an amount of digits.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 5.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- lineNumbersMinChars?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable the rendering of the glyph margin.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true in vscode and to false in monaco-editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- glyphMargin?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The width reserved for line decorations (in px).
|
|
|
- * Line decorations are placed between line numbers and the editor content.
|
|
|
- * You can pass in a string in the format floating point followed by "ch". e.g. 1.3ch.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 10.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- lineDecorationsWidth?: number | string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * When revealing the cursor, a virtual padding (px) is added to the cursor, turning it into a rectangle.
|
|
|
- * This virtual padding ensures that the cursor gets revealed before hitting the edge of the viewport.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 30 (px).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- revealHorizontalRightPadding?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Render the editor selection with rounded borders.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- roundedSelection?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Class name to be added to the editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- extraEditorClassName?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Should the editor be read only. See also `domReadOnly`.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readOnly?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Should the textarea used for input use the DOM `readonly` attribute.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- domReadOnly?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable linked editing.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- linkedEditing?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * deprecated, use linkedEditing instead
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- renameOnType?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Should the editor render validation decorations.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to editable.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- renderValidationDecorations?: 'editable' | 'on' | 'off';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control the behavior and rendering of the scrollbars.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- scrollbar?: IEditorScrollbarOptions;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control the behavior of sticky scroll options
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- stickyScroll?: IEditorStickyScrollOptions;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control the behavior and rendering of the minimap.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- minimap?: IEditorMinimapOptions;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control the behavior of the find widget.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- find?: IEditorFindOptions;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Display overflow widgets as `fixed`.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to `false`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- fixedOverflowWidgets?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The number of vertical lanes the overview ruler should render.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 3.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- overviewRulerLanes?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls if a border should be drawn around the overview ruler.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to `true`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- overviewRulerBorder?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control the cursor animation style, possible values are 'blink', 'smooth', 'phase', 'expand' and 'solid'.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 'blink'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- cursorBlinking?: 'blink' | 'smooth' | 'phase' | 'expand' | 'solid';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Zoom the font in the editor when using the mouse wheel in combination with holding Ctrl.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- mouseWheelZoom?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control the mouse pointer style, either 'text' or 'default' or 'copy'
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 'text'
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- mouseStyle?: 'text' | 'default' | 'copy';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable smooth caret animation.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 'off'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- cursorSmoothCaretAnimation?: 'off' | 'explicit' | 'on';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control the cursor style, either 'block' or 'line'.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 'line'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- cursorStyle?: 'line' | 'block' | 'underline' | 'line-thin' | 'block-outline' | 'underline-thin';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control the width of the cursor when cursorStyle is set to 'line'
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- cursorWidth?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable font ligatures.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- fontLigatures?: boolean | string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable font variations.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- fontVariations?: boolean | string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Disable the use of `transform: translate3d(0px, 0px, 0px)` for the editor margin and lines layers.
|
|
|
- * The usage of `transform: translate3d(0px, 0px, 0px)` acts as a hint for browsers to create an extra layer.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- disableLayerHinting?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Disable the optimizations for monospace fonts.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- disableMonospaceOptimizations?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Should the cursor be hidden in the overview ruler.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- hideCursorInOverviewRuler?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable that scrolling can go one screen size after the last line.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- scrollBeyondLastLine?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable that scrolling can go beyond the last column by a number of columns.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 5.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- scrollBeyondLastColumn?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable that the editor animates scrolling to a position.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- smoothScrolling?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable that the editor will install a ResizeObserver to check if its container dom node size has changed.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- automaticLayout?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control the wrapping of the editor.
|
|
|
- * When `wordWrap` = "off", the lines will never wrap.
|
|
|
- * When `wordWrap` = "on", the lines will wrap at the viewport width.
|
|
|
- * When `wordWrap` = "wordWrapColumn", the lines will wrap at `wordWrapColumn`.
|
|
|
- * When `wordWrap` = "bounded", the lines will wrap at min(viewport width, wordWrapColumn).
|
|
|
- * Defaults to "off".
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- wordWrap?: 'off' | 'on' | 'wordWrapColumn' | 'bounded';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Override the `wordWrap` setting.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- wordWrapOverride1?: 'off' | 'on' | 'inherit';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Override the `wordWrapOverride1` setting.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- wordWrapOverride2?: 'off' | 'on' | 'inherit';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control the wrapping of the editor.
|
|
|
- * When `wordWrap` = "off", the lines will never wrap.
|
|
|
- * When `wordWrap` = "on", the lines will wrap at the viewport width.
|
|
|
- * When `wordWrap` = "wordWrapColumn", the lines will wrap at `wordWrapColumn`.
|
|
|
- * When `wordWrap` = "bounded", the lines will wrap at min(viewport width, wordWrapColumn).
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 80.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- wordWrapColumn?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control indentation of wrapped lines. Can be: 'none', 'same', 'indent' or 'deepIndent'.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 'same' in vscode and to 'none' in monaco-editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- wrappingIndent?: 'none' | 'same' | 'indent' | 'deepIndent';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls the wrapping strategy to use.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 'simple'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- wrappingStrategy?: 'simple' | 'advanced';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configure word wrapping characters. A break will be introduced before these characters.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- wordWrapBreakBeforeCharacters?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configure word wrapping characters. A break will be introduced after these characters.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- wordWrapBreakAfterCharacters?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Sets whether line breaks appear wherever the text would otherwise overflow its content box.
|
|
|
- * When wordBreak = 'normal', Use the default line break rule.
|
|
|
- * When wordBreak = 'keepAll', Word breaks should not be used for Chinese/Japanese/Korean (CJK) text. Non-CJK text behavior is the same as for normal.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- wordBreak?: 'normal' | 'keepAll';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Performance guard: Stop rendering a line after x characters.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 10000.
|
|
|
- * Use -1 to never stop rendering
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- stopRenderingLineAfter?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configure the editor's hover.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- hover?: IEditorHoverOptions;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable detecting links and making them clickable.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- links?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable inline color decorators and color picker rendering.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- colorDecorators?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls the max number of color decorators that can be rendered in an editor at once.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- colorDecoratorsLimit?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control the behaviour of comments in the editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- comments?: IEditorCommentsOptions;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable custom contextmenu.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- contextmenu?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A multiplier to be used on the `deltaX` and `deltaY` of mouse wheel scroll events.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 1.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- mouseWheelScrollSensitivity?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * FastScrolling mulitplier speed when pressing `Alt`
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 5.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- fastScrollSensitivity?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable that the editor scrolls only the predominant axis. Prevents horizontal drift when scrolling vertically on a trackpad.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- scrollPredominantAxis?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable that the selection with the mouse and keys is doing column selection.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- columnSelection?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The modifier to be used to add multiple cursors with the mouse.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 'alt'
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- multiCursorModifier?: 'ctrlCmd' | 'alt';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Merge overlapping selections.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- multiCursorMergeOverlapping?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configure the behaviour when pasting a text with the line count equal to the cursor count.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 'spread'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- multiCursorPaste?: 'spread' | 'full';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls the max number of text cursors that can be in an active editor at once.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- multiCursorLimit?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configure the editor's accessibility support.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 'auto'. It is best to leave this to 'auto'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- accessibilitySupport?: 'auto' | 'off' | 'on';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls the number of lines in the editor that can be read out by a screen reader
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- accessibilityPageSize?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Suggest options.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- suggest?: ISuggestOptions;
|
|
|
- inlineSuggest?: IInlineSuggestOptions;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Smart select options.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- smartSelect?: ISmartSelectOptions;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- gotoLocation?: IGotoLocationOptions;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable quick suggestions (shadow suggestions)
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- quickSuggestions?: boolean | IQuickSuggestionsOptions;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Quick suggestions show delay (in ms)
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 10 (ms)
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- quickSuggestionsDelay?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls the spacing around the editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- padding?: IEditorPaddingOptions;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Parameter hint options.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- parameterHints?: IEditorParameterHintOptions;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Options for auto closing brackets.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to language defined behavior.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- autoClosingBrackets?: EditorAutoClosingStrategy;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Options for auto closing quotes.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to language defined behavior.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- autoClosingQuotes?: EditorAutoClosingStrategy;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Options for pressing backspace near quotes or bracket pairs.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- autoClosingDelete?: EditorAutoClosingEditStrategy;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Options for typing over closing quotes or brackets.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- autoClosingOvertype?: EditorAutoClosingEditStrategy;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Options for auto surrounding.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to always allowing auto surrounding.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- autoSurround?: EditorAutoSurroundStrategy;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls whether the editor should automatically adjust the indentation when users type, paste, move or indent lines.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to advanced.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- autoIndent?: 'none' | 'keep' | 'brackets' | 'advanced' | 'full';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Emulate selection behaviour of tab characters when using spaces for indentation.
|
|
|
- * This means selection will stick to tab stops.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- stickyTabStops?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable format on type.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- formatOnType?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable format on paste.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- formatOnPaste?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls if the editor should allow to move selections via drag and drop.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- dragAndDrop?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable the suggestion box to pop-up on trigger characters.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- suggestOnTriggerCharacters?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Accept suggestions on ENTER.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 'on'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- acceptSuggestionOnEnter?: 'on' | 'smart' | 'off';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Accept suggestions on provider defined characters.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- acceptSuggestionOnCommitCharacter?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable snippet suggestions. Default to 'true'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- snippetSuggestions?: 'top' | 'bottom' | 'inline' | 'none';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Copying without a selection copies the current line.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- emptySelectionClipboard?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Syntax highlighting is copied.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- copyWithSyntaxHighlighting?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The history mode for suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- suggestSelection?: 'first' | 'recentlyUsed' | 'recentlyUsedByPrefix';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The font size for the suggest widget.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to the editor font size.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- suggestFontSize?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The line height for the suggest widget.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to the editor line height.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- suggestLineHeight?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable tab completion.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- tabCompletion?: 'on' | 'off' | 'onlySnippets';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable selection highlight.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- selectionHighlight?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable semantic occurrences highlight.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- occurrencesHighlight?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show code lens
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- codeLens?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Code lens font family. Defaults to editor font family.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- codeLensFontFamily?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Code lens font size. Default to 90% of the editor font size
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- codeLensFontSize?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control the behavior and rendering of the code action lightbulb.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- lightbulb?: IEditorLightbulbOptions;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Timeout for running code actions on save.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- codeActionsOnSaveTimeout?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable code folding.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- folding?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Selects the folding strategy. 'auto' uses the strategies contributed for the current document, 'indentation' uses the indentation based folding strategy.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 'auto'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- foldingStrategy?: 'auto' | 'indentation';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable highlight for folded regions.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- foldingHighlight?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Auto fold imports folding regions.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- foldingImportsByDefault?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Maximum number of foldable regions.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 5000.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- foldingMaximumRegions?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls whether the fold actions in the gutter stay always visible or hide unless the mouse is over the gutter.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 'mouseover'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showFoldingControls?: 'always' | 'never' | 'mouseover';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls whether clicking on the empty content after a folded line will unfold the line.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- unfoldOnClickAfterEndOfLine?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable highlighting of matching brackets.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 'always'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- matchBrackets?: 'never' | 'near' | 'always';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable experimental whitespace rendering.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 'svg'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- experimentalWhitespaceRendering?: 'svg' | 'font' | 'off';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable rendering of whitespace.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 'selection'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- renderWhitespace?: 'none' | 'boundary' | 'selection' | 'trailing' | 'all';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable rendering of control characters.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- renderControlCharacters?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable rendering of current line highlight.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to all.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- renderLineHighlight?: 'none' | 'gutter' | 'line' | 'all';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control if the current line highlight should be rendered only the editor is focused.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- renderLineHighlightOnlyWhenFocus?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Inserting and deleting whitespace follows tab stops.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- useTabStops?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The font family
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- fontFamily?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The font weight
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- fontWeight?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The font size
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- fontSize?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The line height
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- lineHeight?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The letter spacing
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- letterSpacing?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls fading out of unused variables.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showUnused?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls whether to focus the inline editor in the peek widget by default.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- peekWidgetDefaultFocus?: 'tree' | 'editor';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls whether the definition link opens element in the peek widget.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- definitionLinkOpensInPeek?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls strikethrough deprecated variables.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showDeprecated?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls whether suggestions allow matches in the middle of the word instead of only at the beginning
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- matchOnWordStartOnly?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control the behavior and rendering of the inline hints.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- inlayHints?: IEditorInlayHintsOptions;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control if the editor should use shadow DOM.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- useShadowDOM?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls the behavior of editor guides.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- guides?: IGuidesOptions;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls the behavior of the unicode highlight feature
|
|
|
- * (by default, ambiguous and invisible characters are highlighted).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- unicodeHighlight?: IUnicodeHighlightOptions;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configures bracket pair colorization (disabled by default).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- bracketPairColorization?: IBracketPairColorizationOptions;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls dropping into the editor from an external source.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * When enabled, this shows a preview of the drop location and triggers an `onDropIntoEditor` event.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- dropIntoEditor?: IDropIntoEditorOptions;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IDiffEditorBaseOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Allow the user to resize the diff editor split view.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- enableSplitViewResizing?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Render the differences in two side-by-side editors.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- renderSideBySide?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Timeout in milliseconds after which diff computation is cancelled.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 5000.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- maxComputationTime?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Maximum supported file size in MB.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 50.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- maxFileSize?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Compute the diff by ignoring leading/trailing whitespace
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- ignoreTrimWhitespace?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Render +/- indicators for added/deleted changes.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- renderIndicators?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Shows icons in the glyph margin to revert changes.
|
|
|
- * Default to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- renderMarginRevertIcon?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Original model should be editable?
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- originalEditable?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Should the diff editor enable code lens?
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- diffCodeLens?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Is the diff editor should render overview ruler
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- renderOverviewRuler?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control the wrapping of the diff editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- diffWordWrap?: 'off' | 'on' | 'inherit';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Diff Algorithm
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- diffAlgorithm?: 'smart' | 'experimental' | IDocumentDiffProvider;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configuration options for the diff editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IDiffEditorOptions extends IEditorOptions, IDiffEditorBaseOptions {
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event describing that the configuration of the editor has changed.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export class ConfigurationChangedEvent {
|
|
|
- hasChanged(id: EditorOption): boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * All computed editor options.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IComputedEditorOptions {
|
|
|
- get<T extends EditorOption>(id: T): FindComputedEditorOptionValueById<T>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IEditorOption<K extends EditorOption, V> {
|
|
|
- readonly id: K;
|
|
|
- readonly name: string;
|
|
|
- defaultValue: V;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Might modify `value`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- applyUpdate(value: V | undefined, update: V): ApplyUpdateResult<V>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export class ApplyUpdateResult<T> {
|
|
|
- readonly newValue: T;
|
|
|
- readonly didChange: boolean;
|
|
|
- constructor(newValue: T, didChange: boolean);
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configuration options for editor comments
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IEditorCommentsOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Insert a space after the line comment token and inside the block comments tokens.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- insertSpace?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Ignore empty lines when inserting line comments.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- ignoreEmptyLines?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The kind of animation in which the editor's cursor should be rendered.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export enum TextEditorCursorBlinkingStyle {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Hidden
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Hidden = 0,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Blinking
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Blink = 1,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Blinking with smooth fading
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Smooth = 2,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Blinking with prolonged filled state and smooth fading
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Phase = 3,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Expand collapse animation on the y axis
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Expand = 4,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * No-Blinking
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Solid = 5
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The style in which the editor's cursor should be rendered.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export enum TextEditorCursorStyle {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * As a vertical line (sitting between two characters).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Line = 1,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * As a block (sitting on top of a character).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Block = 2,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * As a horizontal line (sitting under a character).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Underline = 3,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * As a thin vertical line (sitting between two characters).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- LineThin = 4,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * As an outlined block (sitting on top of a character).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- BlockOutline = 5,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * As a thin horizontal line (sitting under a character).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- UnderlineThin = 6
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configuration options for editor find widget
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IEditorFindOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls whether the cursor should move to find matches while typing.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- cursorMoveOnType?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls if we seed search string in the Find Widget with editor selection.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- seedSearchStringFromSelection?: 'never' | 'always' | 'selection';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls if Find in Selection flag is turned on in the editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- autoFindInSelection?: 'never' | 'always' | 'multiline';
|
|
|
- addExtraSpaceOnTop?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls whether the search result and diff result automatically restarts from the beginning (or the end) when no further matches can be found
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- loop?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export type GoToLocationValues = 'peek' | 'gotoAndPeek' | 'goto';
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configuration options for go to location
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IGotoLocationOptions {
|
|
|
- multiple?: GoToLocationValues;
|
|
|
- multipleDefinitions?: GoToLocationValues;
|
|
|
- multipleTypeDefinitions?: GoToLocationValues;
|
|
|
- multipleDeclarations?: GoToLocationValues;
|
|
|
- multipleImplementations?: GoToLocationValues;
|
|
|
- multipleReferences?: GoToLocationValues;
|
|
|
- alternativeDefinitionCommand?: string;
|
|
|
- alternativeTypeDefinitionCommand?: string;
|
|
|
- alternativeDeclarationCommand?: string;
|
|
|
- alternativeImplementationCommand?: string;
|
|
|
- alternativeReferenceCommand?: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configuration options for editor hover
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IEditorHoverOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable the hover.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- enabled?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Delay for showing the hover.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 300.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- delay?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Is the hover sticky such that it can be clicked and its contents selected?
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- sticky?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Should the hover be shown above the line if possible?
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- above?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A description for the overview ruler position.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface OverviewRulerPosition {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Width of the overview ruler
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly width: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Height of the overview ruler
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly height: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Top position for the overview ruler
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly top: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Right position for the overview ruler
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly right: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export enum RenderMinimap {
|
|
|
- None = 0,
|
|
|
- Text = 1,
|
|
|
- Blocks = 2
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The internal layout details of the editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface EditorLayoutInfo {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Full editor width.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly width: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Full editor height.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly height: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Left position for the glyph margin.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly glyphMarginLeft: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The width of the glyph margin.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly glyphMarginWidth: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Left position for the line numbers.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly lineNumbersLeft: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The width of the line numbers.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly lineNumbersWidth: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Left position for the line decorations.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly decorationsLeft: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The width of the line decorations.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly decorationsWidth: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Left position for the content (actual text)
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly contentLeft: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The width of the content (actual text)
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly contentWidth: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Layout information for the minimap
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly minimap: EditorMinimapLayoutInfo;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The number of columns (of typical characters) fitting on a viewport line.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly viewportColumn: number;
|
|
|
- readonly isWordWrapMinified: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly isViewportWrapping: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly wrappingColumn: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The width of the vertical scrollbar.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly verticalScrollbarWidth: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The height of the horizontal scrollbar.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly horizontalScrollbarHeight: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The position of the overview ruler.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly overviewRuler: OverviewRulerPosition;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The internal layout details of the editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface EditorMinimapLayoutInfo {
|
|
|
- readonly renderMinimap: RenderMinimap;
|
|
|
- readonly minimapLeft: number;
|
|
|
- readonly minimapWidth: number;
|
|
|
- readonly minimapHeightIsEditorHeight: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly minimapIsSampling: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly minimapScale: number;
|
|
|
- readonly minimapLineHeight: number;
|
|
|
- readonly minimapCanvasInnerWidth: number;
|
|
|
- readonly minimapCanvasInnerHeight: number;
|
|
|
- readonly minimapCanvasOuterWidth: number;
|
|
|
- readonly minimapCanvasOuterHeight: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configuration options for editor lightbulb
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IEditorLightbulbOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable the lightbulb code action.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- enabled?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IEditorStickyScrollOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable the sticky scroll
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- enabled?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Maximum number of sticky lines to show
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- maxLineCount?: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configuration options for editor inlayHints
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IEditorInlayHintsOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable the inline hints.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- enabled?: 'on' | 'off' | 'offUnlessPressed' | 'onUnlessPressed';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Font size of inline hints.
|
|
|
- * Default to 90% of the editor font size.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- fontSize?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Font family of inline hints.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to editor font family.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- fontFamily?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enables the padding around the inlay hint.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- padding?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configuration options for editor minimap
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IEditorMinimapOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable the rendering of the minimap.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- enabled?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control the rendering of minimap.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- autohide?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control the side of the minimap in editor.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 'right'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- side?: 'right' | 'left';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control the minimap rendering mode.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 'actual'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- size?: 'proportional' | 'fill' | 'fit';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Control the rendering of the minimap slider.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 'mouseover'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showSlider?: 'always' | 'mouseover';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Render the actual text on a line (as opposed to color blocks).
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- renderCharacters?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Limit the width of the minimap to render at most a certain number of columns.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 120.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- maxColumn?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Relative size of the font in the minimap. Defaults to 1.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- scale?: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configuration options for editor padding
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IEditorPaddingOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Spacing between top edge of editor and first line.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- top?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Spacing between bottom edge of editor and last line.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- bottom?: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configuration options for parameter hints
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IEditorParameterHintOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable parameter hints.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- enabled?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable cycling of parameter hints.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- cycle?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export type QuickSuggestionsValue = 'on' | 'inline' | 'off';
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configuration options for quick suggestions
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IQuickSuggestionsOptions {
|
|
|
- other?: boolean | QuickSuggestionsValue;
|
|
|
- comments?: boolean | QuickSuggestionsValue;
|
|
|
- strings?: boolean | QuickSuggestionsValue;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface InternalQuickSuggestionsOptions {
|
|
|
- readonly other: QuickSuggestionsValue;
|
|
|
- readonly comments: QuickSuggestionsValue;
|
|
|
- readonly strings: QuickSuggestionsValue;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export type LineNumbersType = 'on' | 'off' | 'relative' | 'interval' | ((lineNumber: number) => string);
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export enum RenderLineNumbersType {
|
|
|
- Off = 0,
|
|
|
- On = 1,
|
|
|
- Relative = 2,
|
|
|
- Interval = 3,
|
|
|
- Custom = 4
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface InternalEditorRenderLineNumbersOptions {
|
|
|
- readonly renderType: RenderLineNumbersType;
|
|
|
- readonly renderFn: ((lineNumber: number) => string) | null;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IRulerOption {
|
|
|
- readonly column: number;
|
|
|
- readonly color: string | null;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configuration options for editor scrollbars
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IEditorScrollbarOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The size of arrows (if displayed).
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 11.
|
|
|
- * **NOTE**: This option cannot be updated using `updateOptions()`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- arrowSize?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Render vertical scrollbar.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 'auto'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- vertical?: 'auto' | 'visible' | 'hidden';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Render horizontal scrollbar.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 'auto'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- horizontal?: 'auto' | 'visible' | 'hidden';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Cast horizontal and vertical shadows when the content is scrolled.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- * **NOTE**: This option cannot be updated using `updateOptions()`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- useShadows?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Render arrows at the top and bottom of the vertical scrollbar.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- * **NOTE**: This option cannot be updated using `updateOptions()`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- verticalHasArrows?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Render arrows at the left and right of the horizontal scrollbar.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- * **NOTE**: This option cannot be updated using `updateOptions()`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- horizontalHasArrows?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Listen to mouse wheel events and react to them by scrolling.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- handleMouseWheel?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Always consume mouse wheel events (always call preventDefault() and stopPropagation() on the browser events).
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- * **NOTE**: This option cannot be updated using `updateOptions()`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- alwaysConsumeMouseWheel?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Height in pixels for the horizontal scrollbar.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 10 (px).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- horizontalScrollbarSize?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Width in pixels for the vertical scrollbar.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 10 (px).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- verticalScrollbarSize?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Width in pixels for the vertical slider.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to `verticalScrollbarSize`.
|
|
|
- * **NOTE**: This option cannot be updated using `updateOptions()`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- verticalSliderSize?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Height in pixels for the horizontal slider.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to `horizontalScrollbarSize`.
|
|
|
- * **NOTE**: This option cannot be updated using `updateOptions()`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- horizontalSliderSize?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Scroll gutter clicks move by page vs jump to position.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- scrollByPage?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface InternalEditorScrollbarOptions {
|
|
|
- readonly arrowSize: number;
|
|
|
- readonly vertical: ScrollbarVisibility;
|
|
|
- readonly horizontal: ScrollbarVisibility;
|
|
|
- readonly useShadows: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly verticalHasArrows: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly horizontalHasArrows: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly handleMouseWheel: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly alwaysConsumeMouseWheel: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly horizontalScrollbarSize: number;
|
|
|
- readonly horizontalSliderSize: number;
|
|
|
- readonly verticalScrollbarSize: number;
|
|
|
- readonly verticalSliderSize: number;
|
|
|
- readonly scrollByPage: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export type InUntrustedWorkspace = 'inUntrustedWorkspace';
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configuration options for unicode highlighting.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IUnicodeHighlightOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls whether all non-basic ASCII characters are highlighted. Only characters between U+0020 and U+007E, tab, line-feed and carriage-return are considered basic ASCII.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- nonBasicASCII?: boolean | InUntrustedWorkspace;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls whether characters that just reserve space or have no width at all are highlighted.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- invisibleCharacters?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls whether characters are highlighted that can be confused with basic ASCII characters, except those that are common in the current user locale.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- ambiguousCharacters?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls whether characters in comments should also be subject to unicode highlighting.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- includeComments?: boolean | InUntrustedWorkspace;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls whether characters in strings should also be subject to unicode highlighting.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- includeStrings?: boolean | InUntrustedWorkspace;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines allowed characters that are not being highlighted.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- allowedCharacters?: Record<string, true>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Unicode characters that are common in allowed locales are not being highlighted.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- allowedLocales?: Record<string | '_os' | '_vscode', true>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IInlineSuggestOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable or disable the rendering of automatic inline completions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- enabled?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configures the mode.
|
|
|
- * Use `prefix` to only show ghost text if the text to replace is a prefix of the suggestion text.
|
|
|
- * Use `subword` to only show ghost text if the replace text is a subword of the suggestion text.
|
|
|
- * Use `subwordSmart` to only show ghost text if the replace text is a subword of the suggestion text, but the subword must start after the cursor position.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to `prefix`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- mode?: 'prefix' | 'subword' | 'subwordSmart';
|
|
|
- showToolbar?: 'always' | 'onHover';
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IBracketPairColorizationOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable or disable bracket pair colorization.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- enabled?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Use independent color pool per bracket type.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- independentColorPoolPerBracketType?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IGuidesOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable rendering of bracket pair guides.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- bracketPairs?: boolean | 'active';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable rendering of vertical bracket pair guides.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to 'active'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- bracketPairsHorizontal?: boolean | 'active';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable highlighting of the active bracket pair.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- highlightActiveBracketPair?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable rendering of indent guides.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- indentation?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable highlighting of the active indent guide.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- highlightActiveIndentation?: boolean | 'always';
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configuration options for editor suggest widget
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface ISuggestOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Overwrite word ends on accept. Default to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- insertMode?: 'insert' | 'replace';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable graceful matching. Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- filterGraceful?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Prevent quick suggestions when a snippet is active. Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- snippetsPreventQuickSuggestions?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Favors words that appear close to the cursor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- localityBonus?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable using global storage for remembering suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- shareSuggestSelections?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Select suggestions when triggered via quick suggest or trigger characters
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- selectionMode?: 'always' | 'never' | 'whenTriggerCharacter' | 'whenQuickSuggestion';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable or disable icons in suggestions. Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showIcons?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable or disable the suggest status bar.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showStatusBar?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable or disable the rendering of the suggestion preview.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- preview?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configures the mode of the preview.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- previewMode?: 'prefix' | 'subword' | 'subwordSmart';
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show details inline with the label. Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showInlineDetails?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show method-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showMethods?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show function-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showFunctions?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show constructor-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showConstructors?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show deprecated-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showDeprecated?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Controls whether suggestions allow matches in the middle of the word instead of only at the beginning
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- matchOnWordStartOnly?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show field-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showFields?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show variable-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showVariables?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show class-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showClasses?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show struct-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showStructs?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show interface-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showInterfaces?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show module-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showModules?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show property-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showProperties?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show event-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showEvents?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show operator-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showOperators?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show unit-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showUnits?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show value-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showValues?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show constant-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showConstants?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show enum-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showEnums?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show enumMember-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showEnumMembers?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show keyword-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showKeywords?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show text-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showWords?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show color-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showColors?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show file-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showFiles?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show reference-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showReferences?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show folder-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showFolders?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show typeParameter-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showTypeParameters?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show issue-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showIssues?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show user-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showUsers?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Show snippet-suggestions.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- showSnippets?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface ISmartSelectOptions {
|
|
|
- selectLeadingAndTrailingWhitespace?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Describes how to indent wrapped lines.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export enum WrappingIndent {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * No indentation => wrapped lines begin at column 1.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- None = 0,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Same => wrapped lines get the same indentation as the parent.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Same = 1,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Indent => wrapped lines get +1 indentation toward the parent.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Indent = 2,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * DeepIndent => wrapped lines get +2 indentation toward the parent.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- DeepIndent = 3
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface EditorWrappingInfo {
|
|
|
- readonly isDominatedByLongLines: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly isWordWrapMinified: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly isViewportWrapping: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly wrappingColumn: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configuration options for editor drop into behavior
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IDropIntoEditorOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Enable the dropping into editor.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to true.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- enabled?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export enum EditorOption {
|
|
|
- acceptSuggestionOnCommitCharacter = 0,
|
|
|
- acceptSuggestionOnEnter = 1,
|
|
|
- accessibilitySupport = 2,
|
|
|
- accessibilityPageSize = 3,
|
|
|
- ariaLabel = 4,
|
|
|
- autoClosingBrackets = 5,
|
|
|
- autoClosingDelete = 6,
|
|
|
- autoClosingOvertype = 7,
|
|
|
- autoClosingQuotes = 8,
|
|
|
- autoIndent = 9,
|
|
|
- automaticLayout = 10,
|
|
|
- autoSurround = 11,
|
|
|
- bracketPairColorization = 12,
|
|
|
- guides = 13,
|
|
|
- codeLens = 14,
|
|
|
- codeLensFontFamily = 15,
|
|
|
- codeLensFontSize = 16,
|
|
|
- colorDecorators = 17,
|
|
|
- colorDecoratorsLimit = 18,
|
|
|
- columnSelection = 19,
|
|
|
- comments = 20,
|
|
|
- contextmenu = 21,
|
|
|
- copyWithSyntaxHighlighting = 22,
|
|
|
- cursorBlinking = 23,
|
|
|
- cursorSmoothCaretAnimation = 24,
|
|
|
- cursorStyle = 25,
|
|
|
- cursorSurroundingLines = 26,
|
|
|
- cursorSurroundingLinesStyle = 27,
|
|
|
- cursorWidth = 28,
|
|
|
- disableLayerHinting = 29,
|
|
|
- disableMonospaceOptimizations = 30,
|
|
|
- domReadOnly = 31,
|
|
|
- dragAndDrop = 32,
|
|
|
- dropIntoEditor = 33,
|
|
|
- emptySelectionClipboard = 34,
|
|
|
- experimentalWhitespaceRendering = 35,
|
|
|
- extraEditorClassName = 36,
|
|
|
- fastScrollSensitivity = 37,
|
|
|
- find = 38,
|
|
|
- fixedOverflowWidgets = 39,
|
|
|
- folding = 40,
|
|
|
- foldingStrategy = 41,
|
|
|
- foldingHighlight = 42,
|
|
|
- foldingImportsByDefault = 43,
|
|
|
- foldingMaximumRegions = 44,
|
|
|
- unfoldOnClickAfterEndOfLine = 45,
|
|
|
- fontFamily = 46,
|
|
|
- fontInfo = 47,
|
|
|
- fontLigatures = 48,
|
|
|
- fontSize = 49,
|
|
|
- fontWeight = 50,
|
|
|
- fontVariations = 51,
|
|
|
- formatOnPaste = 52,
|
|
|
- formatOnType = 53,
|
|
|
- glyphMargin = 54,
|
|
|
- gotoLocation = 55,
|
|
|
- hideCursorInOverviewRuler = 56,
|
|
|
- hover = 57,
|
|
|
- inDiffEditor = 58,
|
|
|
- inlineSuggest = 59,
|
|
|
- letterSpacing = 60,
|
|
|
- lightbulb = 61,
|
|
|
- lineDecorationsWidth = 62,
|
|
|
- lineHeight = 63,
|
|
|
- lineNumbers = 64,
|
|
|
- lineNumbersMinChars = 65,
|
|
|
- linkedEditing = 66,
|
|
|
- links = 67,
|
|
|
- matchBrackets = 68,
|
|
|
- minimap = 69,
|
|
|
- mouseStyle = 70,
|
|
|
- mouseWheelScrollSensitivity = 71,
|
|
|
- mouseWheelZoom = 72,
|
|
|
- multiCursorMergeOverlapping = 73,
|
|
|
- multiCursorModifier = 74,
|
|
|
- multiCursorPaste = 75,
|
|
|
- multiCursorLimit = 76,
|
|
|
- occurrencesHighlight = 77,
|
|
|
- overviewRulerBorder = 78,
|
|
|
- overviewRulerLanes = 79,
|
|
|
- padding = 80,
|
|
|
- parameterHints = 81,
|
|
|
- peekWidgetDefaultFocus = 82,
|
|
|
- definitionLinkOpensInPeek = 83,
|
|
|
- quickSuggestions = 84,
|
|
|
- quickSuggestionsDelay = 85,
|
|
|
- readOnly = 86,
|
|
|
- renameOnType = 87,
|
|
|
- renderControlCharacters = 88,
|
|
|
- renderFinalNewline = 89,
|
|
|
- renderLineHighlight = 90,
|
|
|
- renderLineHighlightOnlyWhenFocus = 91,
|
|
|
- renderValidationDecorations = 92,
|
|
|
- renderWhitespace = 93,
|
|
|
- revealHorizontalRightPadding = 94,
|
|
|
- roundedSelection = 95,
|
|
|
- rulers = 96,
|
|
|
- scrollbar = 97,
|
|
|
- scrollBeyondLastColumn = 98,
|
|
|
- scrollBeyondLastLine = 99,
|
|
|
- scrollPredominantAxis = 100,
|
|
|
- selectionClipboard = 101,
|
|
|
- selectionHighlight = 102,
|
|
|
- selectOnLineNumbers = 103,
|
|
|
- showFoldingControls = 104,
|
|
|
- showUnused = 105,
|
|
|
- snippetSuggestions = 106,
|
|
|
- smartSelect = 107,
|
|
|
- smoothScrolling = 108,
|
|
|
- stickyScroll = 109,
|
|
|
- stickyTabStops = 110,
|
|
|
- stopRenderingLineAfter = 111,
|
|
|
- suggest = 112,
|
|
|
- suggestFontSize = 113,
|
|
|
- suggestLineHeight = 114,
|
|
|
- suggestOnTriggerCharacters = 115,
|
|
|
- suggestSelection = 116,
|
|
|
- tabCompletion = 117,
|
|
|
- tabIndex = 118,
|
|
|
- unicodeHighlighting = 119,
|
|
|
- unusualLineTerminators = 120,
|
|
|
- useShadowDOM = 121,
|
|
|
- useTabStops = 122,
|
|
|
- wordBreak = 123,
|
|
|
- wordSeparators = 124,
|
|
|
- wordWrap = 125,
|
|
|
- wordWrapBreakAfterCharacters = 126,
|
|
|
- wordWrapBreakBeforeCharacters = 127,
|
|
|
- wordWrapColumn = 128,
|
|
|
- wordWrapOverride1 = 129,
|
|
|
- wordWrapOverride2 = 130,
|
|
|
- wrappingIndent = 131,
|
|
|
- wrappingStrategy = 132,
|
|
|
- showDeprecated = 133,
|
|
|
- inlayHints = 134,
|
|
|
- editorClassName = 135,
|
|
|
- pixelRatio = 136,
|
|
|
- tabFocusMode = 137,
|
|
|
- layoutInfo = 138,
|
|
|
- wrappingInfo = 139
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export const EditorOptions: {
|
|
|
- acceptSuggestionOnCommitCharacter: IEditorOption<EditorOption.acceptSuggestionOnCommitCharacter, boolean>;
|
|
|
- acceptSuggestionOnEnter: IEditorOption<EditorOption.acceptSuggestionOnEnter, 'on' | 'off' | 'smart'>;
|
|
|
- accessibilitySupport: IEditorOption<EditorOption.accessibilitySupport, AccessibilitySupport>;
|
|
|
- accessibilityPageSize: IEditorOption<EditorOption.accessibilityPageSize, number>;
|
|
|
- ariaLabel: IEditorOption<EditorOption.ariaLabel, string>;
|
|
|
- autoClosingBrackets: IEditorOption<EditorOption.autoClosingBrackets, 'always' | 'languageDefined' | 'beforeWhitespace' | 'never'>;
|
|
|
- autoClosingDelete: IEditorOption<EditorOption.autoClosingDelete, 'always' | 'never' | 'auto'>;
|
|
|
- autoClosingOvertype: IEditorOption<EditorOption.autoClosingOvertype, 'always' | 'never' | 'auto'>;
|
|
|
- autoClosingQuotes: IEditorOption<EditorOption.autoClosingQuotes, 'always' | 'languageDefined' | 'beforeWhitespace' | 'never'>;
|
|
|
- autoIndent: IEditorOption<EditorOption.autoIndent, EditorAutoIndentStrategy>;
|
|
|
- automaticLayout: IEditorOption<EditorOption.automaticLayout, boolean>;
|
|
|
- autoSurround: IEditorOption<EditorOption.autoSurround, 'languageDefined' | 'never' | 'quotes' | 'brackets'>;
|
|
|
- bracketPairColorization: IEditorOption<EditorOption.bracketPairColorization, Readonly<Required<IBracketPairColorizationOptions>>>;
|
|
|
- bracketPairGuides: IEditorOption<EditorOption.guides, Readonly<Required<IGuidesOptions>>>;
|
|
|
- stickyTabStops: IEditorOption<EditorOption.stickyTabStops, boolean>;
|
|
|
- codeLens: IEditorOption<EditorOption.codeLens, boolean>;
|
|
|
- codeLensFontFamily: IEditorOption<EditorOption.codeLensFontFamily, string>;
|
|
|
- codeLensFontSize: IEditorOption<EditorOption.codeLensFontSize, number>;
|
|
|
- colorDecorators: IEditorOption<EditorOption.colorDecorators, boolean>;
|
|
|
- colorDecoratorsLimit: IEditorOption<EditorOption.colorDecoratorsLimit, number>;
|
|
|
- columnSelection: IEditorOption<EditorOption.columnSelection, boolean>;
|
|
|
- comments: IEditorOption<EditorOption.comments, Readonly<Required<IEditorCommentsOptions>>>;
|
|
|
- contextmenu: IEditorOption<EditorOption.contextmenu, boolean>;
|
|
|
- copyWithSyntaxHighlighting: IEditorOption<EditorOption.copyWithSyntaxHighlighting, boolean>;
|
|
|
- cursorBlinking: IEditorOption<EditorOption.cursorBlinking, TextEditorCursorBlinkingStyle>;
|
|
|
- cursorSmoothCaretAnimation: IEditorOption<EditorOption.cursorSmoothCaretAnimation, 'on' | 'off' | 'explicit'>;
|
|
|
- cursorStyle: IEditorOption<EditorOption.cursorStyle, TextEditorCursorStyle>;
|
|
|
- cursorSurroundingLines: IEditorOption<EditorOption.cursorSurroundingLines, number>;
|
|
|
- cursorSurroundingLinesStyle: IEditorOption<EditorOption.cursorSurroundingLinesStyle, 'default' | 'all'>;
|
|
|
- cursorWidth: IEditorOption<EditorOption.cursorWidth, number>;
|
|
|
- disableLayerHinting: IEditorOption<EditorOption.disableLayerHinting, boolean>;
|
|
|
- disableMonospaceOptimizations: IEditorOption<EditorOption.disableMonospaceOptimizations, boolean>;
|
|
|
- domReadOnly: IEditorOption<EditorOption.domReadOnly, boolean>;
|
|
|
- dragAndDrop: IEditorOption<EditorOption.dragAndDrop, boolean>;
|
|
|
- emptySelectionClipboard: IEditorOption<EditorOption.emptySelectionClipboard, boolean>;
|
|
|
- dropIntoEditor: IEditorOption<EditorOption.dropIntoEditor, Readonly<Required<IDropIntoEditorOptions>>>;
|
|
|
- stickyScroll: IEditorOption<EditorOption.stickyScroll, Readonly<Required<IEditorStickyScrollOptions>>>;
|
|
|
- experimentalWhitespaceRendering: IEditorOption<EditorOption.experimentalWhitespaceRendering, 'off' | 'svg' | 'font'>;
|
|
|
- extraEditorClassName: IEditorOption<EditorOption.extraEditorClassName, string>;
|
|
|
- fastScrollSensitivity: IEditorOption<EditorOption.fastScrollSensitivity, number>;
|
|
|
- find: IEditorOption<EditorOption.find, Readonly<Required<IEditorFindOptions>>>;
|
|
|
- fixedOverflowWidgets: IEditorOption<EditorOption.fixedOverflowWidgets, boolean>;
|
|
|
- folding: IEditorOption<EditorOption.folding, boolean>;
|
|
|
- foldingStrategy: IEditorOption<EditorOption.foldingStrategy, 'auto' | 'indentation'>;
|
|
|
- foldingHighlight: IEditorOption<EditorOption.foldingHighlight, boolean>;
|
|
|
- foldingImportsByDefault: IEditorOption<EditorOption.foldingImportsByDefault, boolean>;
|
|
|
- foldingMaximumRegions: IEditorOption<EditorOption.foldingMaximumRegions, number>;
|
|
|
- unfoldOnClickAfterEndOfLine: IEditorOption<EditorOption.unfoldOnClickAfterEndOfLine, boolean>;
|
|
|
- fontFamily: IEditorOption<EditorOption.fontFamily, string>;
|
|
|
- fontInfo: IEditorOption<EditorOption.fontInfo, FontInfo>;
|
|
|
- fontLigatures2: IEditorOption<EditorOption.fontLigatures, string>;
|
|
|
- fontSize: IEditorOption<EditorOption.fontSize, number>;
|
|
|
- fontWeight: IEditorOption<EditorOption.fontWeight, string>;
|
|
|
- fontVariations: IEditorOption<EditorOption.fontVariations, string>;
|
|
|
- formatOnPaste: IEditorOption<EditorOption.formatOnPaste, boolean>;
|
|
|
- formatOnType: IEditorOption<EditorOption.formatOnType, boolean>;
|
|
|
- glyphMargin: IEditorOption<EditorOption.glyphMargin, boolean>;
|
|
|
- gotoLocation: IEditorOption<EditorOption.gotoLocation, Readonly<Required<IGotoLocationOptions>>>;
|
|
|
- hideCursorInOverviewRuler: IEditorOption<EditorOption.hideCursorInOverviewRuler, boolean>;
|
|
|
- hover: IEditorOption<EditorOption.hover, Readonly<Required<IEditorHoverOptions>>>;
|
|
|
- inDiffEditor: IEditorOption<EditorOption.inDiffEditor, boolean>;
|
|
|
- letterSpacing: IEditorOption<EditorOption.letterSpacing, number>;
|
|
|
- lightbulb: IEditorOption<EditorOption.lightbulb, Readonly<Required<IEditorLightbulbOptions>>>;
|
|
|
- lineDecorationsWidth: IEditorOption<EditorOption.lineDecorationsWidth, number>;
|
|
|
- lineHeight: IEditorOption<EditorOption.lineHeight, number>;
|
|
|
- lineNumbers: IEditorOption<EditorOption.lineNumbers, InternalEditorRenderLineNumbersOptions>;
|
|
|
- lineNumbersMinChars: IEditorOption<EditorOption.lineNumbersMinChars, number>;
|
|
|
- linkedEditing: IEditorOption<EditorOption.linkedEditing, boolean>;
|
|
|
- links: IEditorOption<EditorOption.links, boolean>;
|
|
|
- matchBrackets: IEditorOption<EditorOption.matchBrackets, 'always' | 'never' | 'near'>;
|
|
|
- minimap: IEditorOption<EditorOption.minimap, Readonly<Required<IEditorMinimapOptions>>>;
|
|
|
- mouseStyle: IEditorOption<EditorOption.mouseStyle, 'default' | 'text' | 'copy'>;
|
|
|
- mouseWheelScrollSensitivity: IEditorOption<EditorOption.mouseWheelScrollSensitivity, number>;
|
|
|
- mouseWheelZoom: IEditorOption<EditorOption.mouseWheelZoom, boolean>;
|
|
|
- multiCursorMergeOverlapping: IEditorOption<EditorOption.multiCursorMergeOverlapping, boolean>;
|
|
|
- multiCursorModifier: IEditorOption<EditorOption.multiCursorModifier, 'altKey' | 'metaKey' | 'ctrlKey'>;
|
|
|
- multiCursorPaste: IEditorOption<EditorOption.multiCursorPaste, 'spread' | 'full'>;
|
|
|
- multiCursorLimit: IEditorOption<EditorOption.multiCursorLimit, number>;
|
|
|
- occurrencesHighlight: IEditorOption<EditorOption.occurrencesHighlight, boolean>;
|
|
|
- overviewRulerBorder: IEditorOption<EditorOption.overviewRulerBorder, boolean>;
|
|
|
- overviewRulerLanes: IEditorOption<EditorOption.overviewRulerLanes, number>;
|
|
|
- padding: IEditorOption<EditorOption.padding, Readonly<Required<IEditorPaddingOptions>>>;
|
|
|
- parameterHints: IEditorOption<EditorOption.parameterHints, Readonly<Required<IEditorParameterHintOptions>>>;
|
|
|
- peekWidgetDefaultFocus: IEditorOption<EditorOption.peekWidgetDefaultFocus, 'tree' | 'editor'>;
|
|
|
- definitionLinkOpensInPeek: IEditorOption<EditorOption.definitionLinkOpensInPeek, boolean>;
|
|
|
- quickSuggestions: IEditorOption<EditorOption.quickSuggestions, InternalQuickSuggestionsOptions>;
|
|
|
- quickSuggestionsDelay: IEditorOption<EditorOption.quickSuggestionsDelay, number>;
|
|
|
- readOnly: IEditorOption<EditorOption.readOnly, boolean>;
|
|
|
- renameOnType: IEditorOption<EditorOption.renameOnType, boolean>;
|
|
|
- renderControlCharacters: IEditorOption<EditorOption.renderControlCharacters, boolean>;
|
|
|
- renderFinalNewline: IEditorOption<EditorOption.renderFinalNewline, 'on' | 'off' | 'dimmed'>;
|
|
|
- renderLineHighlight: IEditorOption<EditorOption.renderLineHighlight, 'all' | 'line' | 'none' | 'gutter'>;
|
|
|
- renderLineHighlightOnlyWhenFocus: IEditorOption<EditorOption.renderLineHighlightOnlyWhenFocus, boolean>;
|
|
|
- renderValidationDecorations: IEditorOption<EditorOption.renderValidationDecorations, 'on' | 'off' | 'editable'>;
|
|
|
- renderWhitespace: IEditorOption<EditorOption.renderWhitespace, 'all' | 'none' | 'boundary' | 'selection' | 'trailing'>;
|
|
|
- revealHorizontalRightPadding: IEditorOption<EditorOption.revealHorizontalRightPadding, number>;
|
|
|
- roundedSelection: IEditorOption<EditorOption.roundedSelection, boolean>;
|
|
|
- rulers: IEditorOption<EditorOption.rulers, {}>;
|
|
|
- scrollbar: IEditorOption<EditorOption.scrollbar, InternalEditorScrollbarOptions>;
|
|
|
- scrollBeyondLastColumn: IEditorOption<EditorOption.scrollBeyondLastColumn, number>;
|
|
|
- scrollBeyondLastLine: IEditorOption<EditorOption.scrollBeyondLastLine, boolean>;
|
|
|
- scrollPredominantAxis: IEditorOption<EditorOption.scrollPredominantAxis, boolean>;
|
|
|
- selectionClipboard: IEditorOption<EditorOption.selectionClipboard, boolean>;
|
|
|
- selectionHighlight: IEditorOption<EditorOption.selectionHighlight, boolean>;
|
|
|
- selectOnLineNumbers: IEditorOption<EditorOption.selectOnLineNumbers, boolean>;
|
|
|
- showFoldingControls: IEditorOption<EditorOption.showFoldingControls, 'always' | 'never' | 'mouseover'>;
|
|
|
- showUnused: IEditorOption<EditorOption.showUnused, boolean>;
|
|
|
- showDeprecated: IEditorOption<EditorOption.showDeprecated, boolean>;
|
|
|
- inlayHints: IEditorOption<EditorOption.inlayHints, Readonly<Required<IEditorInlayHintsOptions>>>;
|
|
|
- snippetSuggestions: IEditorOption<EditorOption.snippetSuggestions, 'none' | 'top' | 'bottom' | 'inline'>;
|
|
|
- smartSelect: IEditorOption<EditorOption.smartSelect, Readonly<Required<ISmartSelectOptions>>>;
|
|
|
- smoothScrolling: IEditorOption<EditorOption.smoothScrolling, boolean>;
|
|
|
- stopRenderingLineAfter: IEditorOption<EditorOption.stopRenderingLineAfter, number>;
|
|
|
- suggest: IEditorOption<EditorOption.suggest, Readonly<Required<ISuggestOptions>>>;
|
|
|
- inlineSuggest: IEditorOption<EditorOption.inlineSuggest, Readonly<Required<IInlineSuggestOptions>>>;
|
|
|
- suggestFontSize: IEditorOption<EditorOption.suggestFontSize, number>;
|
|
|
- suggestLineHeight: IEditorOption<EditorOption.suggestLineHeight, number>;
|
|
|
- suggestOnTriggerCharacters: IEditorOption<EditorOption.suggestOnTriggerCharacters, boolean>;
|
|
|
- suggestSelection: IEditorOption<EditorOption.suggestSelection, 'first' | 'recentlyUsed' | 'recentlyUsedByPrefix'>;
|
|
|
- tabCompletion: IEditorOption<EditorOption.tabCompletion, 'on' | 'off' | 'onlySnippets'>;
|
|
|
- tabIndex: IEditorOption<EditorOption.tabIndex, number>;
|
|
|
- unicodeHighlight: IEditorOption<EditorOption.unicodeHighlighting, any>;
|
|
|
- unusualLineTerminators: IEditorOption<EditorOption.unusualLineTerminators, 'auto' | 'off' | 'prompt'>;
|
|
|
- useShadowDOM: IEditorOption<EditorOption.useShadowDOM, boolean>;
|
|
|
- useTabStops: IEditorOption<EditorOption.useTabStops, boolean>;
|
|
|
- wordBreak: IEditorOption<EditorOption.wordBreak, 'normal' | 'keepAll'>;
|
|
|
- wordSeparators: IEditorOption<EditorOption.wordSeparators, string>;
|
|
|
- wordWrap: IEditorOption<EditorOption.wordWrap, 'on' | 'off' | 'wordWrapColumn' | 'bounded'>;
|
|
|
- wordWrapBreakAfterCharacters: IEditorOption<EditorOption.wordWrapBreakAfterCharacters, string>;
|
|
|
- wordWrapBreakBeforeCharacters: IEditorOption<EditorOption.wordWrapBreakBeforeCharacters, string>;
|
|
|
- wordWrapColumn: IEditorOption<EditorOption.wordWrapColumn, number>;
|
|
|
- wordWrapOverride1: IEditorOption<EditorOption.wordWrapOverride1, 'on' | 'off' | 'inherit'>;
|
|
|
- wordWrapOverride2: IEditorOption<EditorOption.wordWrapOverride2, 'on' | 'off' | 'inherit'>;
|
|
|
- editorClassName: IEditorOption<EditorOption.editorClassName, string>;
|
|
|
- pixelRatio: IEditorOption<EditorOption.pixelRatio, number>;
|
|
|
- tabFocusMode: IEditorOption<EditorOption.tabFocusMode, boolean>;
|
|
|
- layoutInfo: IEditorOption<EditorOption.layoutInfo, EditorLayoutInfo>;
|
|
|
- wrappingInfo: IEditorOption<EditorOption.wrappingInfo, EditorWrappingInfo>;
|
|
|
- wrappingIndent: IEditorOption<EditorOption.wrappingIndent, WrappingIndent>;
|
|
|
- wrappingStrategy: IEditorOption<EditorOption.wrappingStrategy, 'simple' | 'advanced'>;
|
|
|
- };
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- type EditorOptionsType = typeof EditorOptions;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- type FindEditorOptionsKeyById<T extends EditorOption> = {
|
|
|
- [K in keyof EditorOptionsType]: EditorOptionsType[K]['id'] extends T ? K : never;
|
|
|
- }[keyof EditorOptionsType];
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- type ComputedEditorOptionValue<T extends IEditorOption<any, any>> = T extends IEditorOption<any, infer R> ? R : never;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export type FindComputedEditorOptionValueById<T extends EditorOption> = NonNullable<ComputedEditorOptionValue<EditorOptionsType[FindEditorOptionsKeyById<T>]>>;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IEditorConstructionOptions extends IEditorOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The initial editor dimension (to avoid measuring the container).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- dimension?: IDimension;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Place overflow widgets inside an external DOM node.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to an internal DOM node.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- overflowWidgetsDomNode?: HTMLElement;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A view zone is a full horizontal rectangle that 'pushes' text down.
|
|
|
- * The editor reserves space for view zones when rendering.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IViewZone {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The line number after which this zone should appear.
|
|
|
- * Use 0 to place a view zone before the first line number.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- afterLineNumber: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The column after which this zone should appear.
|
|
|
- * If not set, the maxLineColumn of `afterLineNumber` will be used.
|
|
|
- * This is relevant for wrapped lines.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- afterColumn?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If the `afterColumn` has multiple view columns, the affinity specifies which one to use. Defaults to `none`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- afterColumnAffinity?: PositionAffinity;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Suppress mouse down events.
|
|
|
- * If set, the editor will attach a mouse down listener to the view zone and .preventDefault on it.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- suppressMouseDown?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The height in lines of the view zone.
|
|
|
- * If specified, `heightInPx` will be used instead of this.
|
|
|
- * If neither `heightInPx` nor `heightInLines` is specified, a default of `heightInLines` = 1 will be chosen.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- heightInLines?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The height in px of the view zone.
|
|
|
- * If this is set, the editor will give preference to it rather than `heightInLines` above.
|
|
|
- * If neither `heightInPx` nor `heightInLines` is specified, a default of `heightInLines` = 1 will be chosen.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- heightInPx?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The minimum width in px of the view zone.
|
|
|
- * If this is set, the editor will ensure that the scroll width is >= than this value.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- minWidthInPx?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The dom node of the view zone
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- domNode: HTMLElement;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An optional dom node for the view zone that will be placed in the margin area.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- marginDomNode?: HTMLElement | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Callback which gives the relative top of the view zone as it appears (taking scrolling into account).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- onDomNodeTop?: (top: number) => void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Callback which gives the height in pixels of the view zone.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- onComputedHeight?: (height: number) => void;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An accessor that allows for zones to be added or removed.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IViewZoneChangeAccessor {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Create a new view zone.
|
|
|
- * @param zone Zone to create
|
|
|
- * @return A unique identifier to the view zone.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- addZone(zone: IViewZone): string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Remove a zone
|
|
|
- * @param id A unique identifier to the view zone, as returned by the `addZone` call.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- removeZone(id: string): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Change a zone's position.
|
|
|
- * The editor will rescan the `afterLineNumber` and `afterColumn` properties of a view zone.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- layoutZone(id: string): void;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A positioning preference for rendering content widgets.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export enum ContentWidgetPositionPreference {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Place the content widget exactly at a position
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- EXACT = 0,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Place the content widget above a position
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- ABOVE = 1,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Place the content widget below a position
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- BELOW = 2
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A position for rendering content widgets.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IContentWidgetPosition {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Desired position for the content widget.
|
|
|
- * `preference` will also affect the placement.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- position: IPosition | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Optionally, a secondary position can be provided to further
|
|
|
- * define the position of the content widget. The secondary position
|
|
|
- * must have the same line number as the primary position.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- secondaryPosition?: IPosition | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Placement preference for position, in order of preference.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- preference: ContentWidgetPositionPreference[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Placement preference when multiple view positions refer to the same (model) position.
|
|
|
- * This plays a role when injected text is involved.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- positionAffinity?: PositionAffinity;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A content widget renders inline with the text and can be easily placed 'near' an editor position.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IContentWidget {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Render this content widget in a location where it could overflow the editor's view dom node.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- allowEditorOverflow?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Call preventDefault() on mousedown events that target the content widget.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- suppressMouseDown?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get a unique identifier of the content widget.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getId(): string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the dom node of the content widget.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getDomNode(): HTMLElement;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the placement of the content widget.
|
|
|
- * If null is returned, the content widget will be placed off screen.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getPosition(): IContentWidgetPosition | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Optional function that is invoked before rendering
|
|
|
- * the content widget. If a dimension is returned the editor will
|
|
|
- * attempt to use it.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- beforeRender?(): IDimension | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Optional function that is invoked after rendering the content
|
|
|
- * widget. Is being invoked with the selected position preference
|
|
|
- * or `null` if not rendered.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- afterRender?(position: ContentWidgetPositionPreference | null): void;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A positioning preference for rendering overlay widgets.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export enum OverlayWidgetPositionPreference {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Position the overlay widget in the top right corner
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- TOP_RIGHT_CORNER = 0,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Position the overlay widget in the bottom right corner
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- BOTTOM_RIGHT_CORNER = 1,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Position the overlay widget in the top center
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- TOP_CENTER = 2
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A position for rendering overlay widgets.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IOverlayWidgetPosition {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The position preference for the overlay widget.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- preference: OverlayWidgetPositionPreference | null;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An overlay widgets renders on top of the text.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IOverlayWidget {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get a unique identifier of the overlay widget.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getId(): string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the dom node of the overlay widget.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getDomNode(): HTMLElement;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the placement of the overlay widget.
|
|
|
- * If null is returned, the overlay widget is responsible to place itself.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getPosition(): IOverlayWidgetPosition | null;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Type of hit element with the mouse in the editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export enum MouseTargetType {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Mouse is on top of an unknown element.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- UNKNOWN = 0,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Mouse is on top of the textarea used for input.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- TEXTAREA = 1,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Mouse is on top of the glyph margin
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- GUTTER_GLYPH_MARGIN = 2,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Mouse is on top of the line numbers
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- GUTTER_LINE_NUMBERS = 3,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Mouse is on top of the line decorations
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- GUTTER_LINE_DECORATIONS = 4,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Mouse is on top of the whitespace left in the gutter by a view zone.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- GUTTER_VIEW_ZONE = 5,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Mouse is on top of text in the content.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- CONTENT_TEXT = 6,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Mouse is on top of empty space in the content (e.g. after line text or below last line)
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- CONTENT_EMPTY = 7,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Mouse is on top of a view zone in the content.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- CONTENT_VIEW_ZONE = 8,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Mouse is on top of a content widget.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- CONTENT_WIDGET = 9,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Mouse is on top of the decorations overview ruler.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- OVERVIEW_RULER = 10,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Mouse is on top of a scrollbar.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- SCROLLBAR = 11,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Mouse is on top of an overlay widget.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- OVERLAY_WIDGET = 12,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Mouse is outside of the editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- OUTSIDE_EDITOR = 13
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IBaseMouseTarget {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The target element
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly element: Element | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The 'approximate' editor position
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly position: Position | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Desired mouse column (e.g. when position.column gets clamped to text length -- clicking after text on a line).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly mouseColumn: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The 'approximate' editor range
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly range: Range | null;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IMouseTargetUnknown extends IBaseMouseTarget {
|
|
|
- readonly type: MouseTargetType.UNKNOWN;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IMouseTargetTextarea extends IBaseMouseTarget {
|
|
|
- readonly type: MouseTargetType.TEXTAREA;
|
|
|
- readonly position: null;
|
|
|
- readonly range: null;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IMouseTargetMarginData {
|
|
|
- readonly isAfterLines: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly glyphMarginLeft: number;
|
|
|
- readonly glyphMarginWidth: number;
|
|
|
- readonly lineNumbersWidth: number;
|
|
|
- readonly offsetX: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IMouseTargetMargin extends IBaseMouseTarget {
|
|
|
- readonly type: MouseTargetType.GUTTER_GLYPH_MARGIN | MouseTargetType.GUTTER_LINE_NUMBERS | MouseTargetType.GUTTER_LINE_DECORATIONS;
|
|
|
- readonly position: Position;
|
|
|
- readonly range: Range;
|
|
|
- readonly detail: IMouseTargetMarginData;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IMouseTargetViewZoneData {
|
|
|
- readonly viewZoneId: string;
|
|
|
- readonly positionBefore: Position | null;
|
|
|
- readonly positionAfter: Position | null;
|
|
|
- readonly position: Position;
|
|
|
- readonly afterLineNumber: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IMouseTargetViewZone extends IBaseMouseTarget {
|
|
|
- readonly type: MouseTargetType.GUTTER_VIEW_ZONE | MouseTargetType.CONTENT_VIEW_ZONE;
|
|
|
- readonly position: Position;
|
|
|
- readonly range: Range;
|
|
|
- readonly detail: IMouseTargetViewZoneData;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IMouseTargetContentTextData {
|
|
|
- readonly mightBeForeignElement: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IMouseTargetContentText extends IBaseMouseTarget {
|
|
|
- readonly type: MouseTargetType.CONTENT_TEXT;
|
|
|
- readonly position: Position;
|
|
|
- readonly range: Range;
|
|
|
- readonly detail: IMouseTargetContentTextData;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IMouseTargetContentEmptyData {
|
|
|
- readonly isAfterLines: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly horizontalDistanceToText?: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IMouseTargetContentEmpty extends IBaseMouseTarget {
|
|
|
- readonly type: MouseTargetType.CONTENT_EMPTY;
|
|
|
- readonly position: Position;
|
|
|
- readonly range: Range;
|
|
|
- readonly detail: IMouseTargetContentEmptyData;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IMouseTargetContentWidget extends IBaseMouseTarget {
|
|
|
- readonly type: MouseTargetType.CONTENT_WIDGET;
|
|
|
- readonly position: null;
|
|
|
- readonly range: null;
|
|
|
- readonly detail: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IMouseTargetOverlayWidget extends IBaseMouseTarget {
|
|
|
- readonly type: MouseTargetType.OVERLAY_WIDGET;
|
|
|
- readonly position: null;
|
|
|
- readonly range: null;
|
|
|
- readonly detail: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IMouseTargetScrollbar extends IBaseMouseTarget {
|
|
|
- readonly type: MouseTargetType.SCROLLBAR;
|
|
|
- readonly position: Position;
|
|
|
- readonly range: Range;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IMouseTargetOverviewRuler extends IBaseMouseTarget {
|
|
|
- readonly type: MouseTargetType.OVERVIEW_RULER;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IMouseTargetOutsideEditor extends IBaseMouseTarget {
|
|
|
- readonly type: MouseTargetType.OUTSIDE_EDITOR;
|
|
|
- readonly outsidePosition: 'above' | 'below' | 'left' | 'right';
|
|
|
- readonly outsideDistance: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Target hit with the mouse in the editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export type IMouseTarget = (IMouseTargetUnknown | IMouseTargetTextarea | IMouseTargetMargin | IMouseTargetViewZone | IMouseTargetContentText | IMouseTargetContentEmpty | IMouseTargetContentWidget | IMouseTargetOverlayWidget | IMouseTargetScrollbar | IMouseTargetOverviewRuler | IMouseTargetOutsideEditor);
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A mouse event originating from the editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IEditorMouseEvent {
|
|
|
- readonly event: IMouseEvent;
|
|
|
- readonly target: IMouseTarget;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IPartialEditorMouseEvent {
|
|
|
- readonly event: IMouseEvent;
|
|
|
- readonly target: IMouseTarget | null;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A paste event originating from the editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IPasteEvent {
|
|
|
- readonly range: Range;
|
|
|
- readonly languageId: string | null;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IDiffEditorConstructionOptions extends IDiffEditorOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The initial editor dimension (to avoid measuring the container).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- dimension?: IDimension;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Place overflow widgets inside an external DOM node.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to an internal DOM node.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- overflowWidgetsDomNode?: HTMLElement;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Aria label for original editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- originalAriaLabel?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Aria label for modified editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- modifiedAriaLabel?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Is the diff editor inside another editor
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- isInEmbeddedEditor?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A rich code editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface ICodeEditor extends IEditor {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when the content of the current model has changed.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidChangeModelContent: IEvent<IModelContentChangedEvent>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when the language of the current model has changed.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidChangeModelLanguage: IEvent<IModelLanguageChangedEvent>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when the language configuration of the current model has changed.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidChangeModelLanguageConfiguration: IEvent<IModelLanguageConfigurationChangedEvent>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when the options of the current model has changed.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidChangeModelOptions: IEvent<IModelOptionsChangedEvent>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when the configuration of the editor has changed. (e.g. `editor.updateOptions()`)
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidChangeConfiguration: IEvent<ConfigurationChangedEvent>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when the cursor position has changed.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidChangeCursorPosition: IEvent<ICursorPositionChangedEvent>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when the cursor selection has changed.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidChangeCursorSelection: IEvent<ICursorSelectionChangedEvent>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when the model of this editor has changed (e.g. `editor.setModel()`).
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidChangeModel: IEvent<IModelChangedEvent>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when the decorations of the current model have changed.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidChangeModelDecorations: IEvent<IModelDecorationsChangedEvent>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when the text inside this editor gained focus (i.e. cursor starts blinking).
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidFocusEditorText: IEvent<void>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when the text inside this editor lost focus (i.e. cursor stops blinking).
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidBlurEditorText: IEvent<void>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when the text inside this editor or an editor widget gained focus.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidFocusEditorWidget: IEvent<void>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when the text inside this editor or an editor widget lost focus.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidBlurEditorWidget: IEvent<void>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted after composition has started.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidCompositionStart: IEvent<void>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted after composition has ended.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidCompositionEnd: IEvent<void>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when editing failed because the editor is read-only.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidAttemptReadOnlyEdit: IEvent<void>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when users paste text in the editor.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidPaste: IEvent<IPasteEvent>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted on a "mouseup".
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onMouseUp: IEvent<IEditorMouseEvent>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted on a "mousedown".
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onMouseDown: IEvent<IEditorMouseEvent>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted on a "contextmenu".
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onContextMenu: IEvent<IEditorMouseEvent>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted on a "mousemove".
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onMouseMove: IEvent<IEditorMouseEvent>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted on a "mouseleave".
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onMouseLeave: IEvent<IPartialEditorMouseEvent>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted on a "keyup".
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onKeyUp: IEvent<IKeyboardEvent>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted on a "keydown".
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onKeyDown: IEvent<IKeyboardEvent>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when the layout of the editor has changed.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidLayoutChange: IEvent<EditorLayoutInfo>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when the content width or content height in the editor has changed.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidContentSizeChange: IEvent<IContentSizeChangedEvent>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when the scroll in the editor has changed.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidScrollChange: IEvent<IScrollEvent>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when hidden areas change in the editor (e.g. due to folding).
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidChangeHiddenAreas: IEvent<void>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Saves current view state of the editor in a serializable object.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- saveViewState(): ICodeEditorViewState | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Restores the view state of the editor from a serializable object generated by `saveViewState`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- restoreViewState(state: ICodeEditorViewState | null): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Returns true if the text inside this editor or an editor widget has focus.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- hasWidgetFocus(): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get a contribution of this editor.
|
|
|
- * @id Unique identifier of the contribution.
|
|
|
- * @return The contribution or null if contribution not found.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getContribution<T extends IEditorContribution>(id: string): T | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Type the getModel() of IEditor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getModel(): ITextModel | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Sets the current model attached to this editor.
|
|
|
- * If the previous model was created by the editor via the value key in the options
|
|
|
- * literal object, it will be destroyed. Otherwise, if the previous model was set
|
|
|
- * via setModel, or the model key in the options literal object, the previous model
|
|
|
- * will not be destroyed.
|
|
|
- * It is safe to call setModel(null) to simply detach the current model from the editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setModel(model: ITextModel | null): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Gets all the editor computed options.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getOptions(): IComputedEditorOptions;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Gets a specific editor option.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getOption<T extends EditorOption>(id: T): FindComputedEditorOptionValueById<T>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Returns the editor's configuration (without any validation or defaults).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getRawOptions(): IEditorOptions;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get value of the current model attached to this editor.
|
|
|
- * @see {@link ITextModel.getValue}
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getValue(options?: {
|
|
|
- preserveBOM: boolean;
|
|
|
- lineEnding: string;
|
|
|
- }): string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Set the value of the current model attached to this editor.
|
|
|
- * @see {@link ITextModel.setValue}
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setValue(newValue: string): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the width of the editor's content.
|
|
|
- * This is information that is "erased" when computing `scrollWidth = Math.max(contentWidth, width)`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getContentWidth(): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the scrollWidth of the editor's viewport.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getScrollWidth(): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the scrollLeft of the editor's viewport.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getScrollLeft(): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the height of the editor's content.
|
|
|
- * This is information that is "erased" when computing `scrollHeight = Math.max(contentHeight, height)`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getContentHeight(): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the scrollHeight of the editor's viewport.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getScrollHeight(): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the scrollTop of the editor's viewport.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getScrollTop(): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Change the scrollLeft of the editor's viewport.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setScrollLeft(newScrollLeft: number, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Change the scrollTop of the editor's viewport.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setScrollTop(newScrollTop: number, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Change the scroll position of the editor's viewport.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setScrollPosition(position: INewScrollPosition, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get an action that is a contribution to this editor.
|
|
|
- * @id Unique identifier of the contribution.
|
|
|
- * @return The action or null if action not found.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getAction(id: string): IEditorAction | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Execute a command on the editor.
|
|
|
- * The edits will land on the undo-redo stack, but no "undo stop" will be pushed.
|
|
|
- * @param source The source of the call.
|
|
|
- * @param command The command to execute
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- executeCommand(source: string | null | undefined, command: ICommand): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Create an "undo stop" in the undo-redo stack.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- pushUndoStop(): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Remove the "undo stop" in the undo-redo stack.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- popUndoStop(): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Execute edits on the editor.
|
|
|
- * The edits will land on the undo-redo stack, but no "undo stop" will be pushed.
|
|
|
- * @param source The source of the call.
|
|
|
- * @param edits The edits to execute.
|
|
|
- * @param endCursorState Cursor state after the edits were applied.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- executeEdits(source: string | null | undefined, edits: IIdentifiedSingleEditOperation[], endCursorState?: ICursorStateComputer | Selection[]): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Execute multiple (concomitant) commands on the editor.
|
|
|
- * @param source The source of the call.
|
|
|
- * @param command The commands to execute
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- executeCommands(source: string | null | undefined, commands: (ICommand | null)[]): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get all the decorations on a line (filtering out decorations from other editors).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getLineDecorations(lineNumber: number): IModelDecoration[] | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get all the decorations for a range (filtering out decorations from other editors).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getDecorationsInRange(range: Range): IModelDecoration[] | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * All decorations added through this call will get the ownerId of this editor.
|
|
|
- * @deprecated
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- deltaDecorations(oldDecorations: string[], newDecorations: IModelDeltaDecoration[]): string[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Remove previously added decorations.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- removeDecorations(decorationIds: string[]): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the layout info for the editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getLayoutInfo(): EditorLayoutInfo;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Returns the ranges that are currently visible.
|
|
|
- * Does not account for horizontal scrolling.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getVisibleRanges(): Range[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the vertical position (top offset) for the line's top w.r.t. to the first line.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getTopForLineNumber(lineNumber: number): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the vertical position (top offset) for the line's bottom w.r.t. to the first line.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getBottomForLineNumber(lineNumber: number): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the vertical position (top offset) for the position w.r.t. to the first line.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getTopForPosition(lineNumber: number, column: number): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Write the screen reader content to be the current selection
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- writeScreenReaderContent(reason: string): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Returns the editor's container dom node
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getContainerDomNode(): HTMLElement;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Returns the editor's dom node
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getDomNode(): HTMLElement | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Add a content widget. Widgets must have unique ids, otherwise they will be overwritten.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- addContentWidget(widget: IContentWidget): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Layout/Reposition a content widget. This is a ping to the editor to call widget.getPosition()
|
|
|
- * and update appropriately.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- layoutContentWidget(widget: IContentWidget): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Remove a content widget.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- removeContentWidget(widget: IContentWidget): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Add an overlay widget. Widgets must have unique ids, otherwise they will be overwritten.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- addOverlayWidget(widget: IOverlayWidget): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Layout/Reposition an overlay widget. This is a ping to the editor to call widget.getPosition()
|
|
|
- * and update appropriately.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- layoutOverlayWidget(widget: IOverlayWidget): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Remove an overlay widget.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- removeOverlayWidget(widget: IOverlayWidget): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Change the view zones. View zones are lost when a new model is attached to the editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- changeViewZones(callback: (accessor: IViewZoneChangeAccessor) => void): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the horizontal position (left offset) for the column w.r.t to the beginning of the line.
|
|
|
- * This method works only if the line `lineNumber` is currently rendered (in the editor's viewport).
|
|
|
- * Use this method with caution.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getOffsetForColumn(lineNumber: number, column: number): number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Force an editor render now.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- render(forceRedraw?: boolean): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the hit test target at coordinates `clientX` and `clientY`.
|
|
|
- * The coordinates are relative to the top-left of the viewport.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * @returns Hit test target or null if the coordinates fall outside the editor or the editor has no model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getTargetAtClientPoint(clientX: number, clientY: number): IMouseTarget | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the visible position for `position`.
|
|
|
- * The result position takes scrolling into account and is relative to the top left corner of the editor.
|
|
|
- * Explanation 1: the results of this method will change for the same `position` if the user scrolls the editor.
|
|
|
- * Explanation 2: the results of this method will not change if the container of the editor gets repositioned.
|
|
|
- * Warning: the results of this method are inaccurate for positions that are outside the current editor viewport.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getScrolledVisiblePosition(position: IPosition): {
|
|
|
- top: number;
|
|
|
- left: number;
|
|
|
- height: number;
|
|
|
- } | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Apply the same font settings as the editor to `target`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- applyFontInfo(target: HTMLElement): void;
|
|
|
- setBanner(bannerDomNode: HTMLElement | null, height: number): void;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Information about a line in the diff editor
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IDiffLineInformation {
|
|
|
- readonly equivalentLineNumber: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A rich diff editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IDiffEditor extends IEditor {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * @see {@link ICodeEditor.getContainerDomNode}
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getContainerDomNode(): HTMLElement;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when the diff information computed by this diff editor has been updated.
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidUpdateDiff: IEvent<void>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when the diff model is changed (i.e. the diff editor shows new content).
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidChangeModel: IEvent<void>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Saves current view state of the editor in a serializable object.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- saveViewState(): IDiffEditorViewState | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Restores the view state of the editor from a serializable object generated by `saveViewState`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- restoreViewState(state: IDiffEditorViewState | null): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Type the getModel() of IEditor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getModel(): IDiffEditorModel | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Sets the current model attached to this editor.
|
|
|
- * If the previous model was created by the editor via the value key in the options
|
|
|
- * literal object, it will be destroyed. Otherwise, if the previous model was set
|
|
|
- * via setModel, or the model key in the options literal object, the previous model
|
|
|
- * will not be destroyed.
|
|
|
- * It is safe to call setModel(null) to simply detach the current model from the editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setModel(model: IDiffEditorModel | null): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the `original` editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getOriginalEditor(): ICodeEditor;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the `modified` editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getModifiedEditor(): ICodeEditor;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the computed diff information.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getLineChanges(): ILineChange[] | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get information based on computed diff about a line number from the original model.
|
|
|
- * If the diff computation is not finished or the model is missing, will return null.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getDiffLineInformationForOriginal(lineNumber: number): IDiffLineInformation | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get information based on computed diff about a line number from the modified model.
|
|
|
- * If the diff computation is not finished or the model is missing, will return null.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getDiffLineInformationForModified(lineNumber: number): IDiffLineInformation | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Update the editor's options after the editor has been created.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- updateOptions(newOptions: IDiffEditorOptions): void;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export class FontInfo extends BareFontInfo {
|
|
|
- readonly _editorStylingBrand: void;
|
|
|
- readonly version: number;
|
|
|
- readonly isTrusted: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly isMonospace: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly typicalHalfwidthCharacterWidth: number;
|
|
|
- readonly typicalFullwidthCharacterWidth: number;
|
|
|
- readonly canUseHalfwidthRightwardsArrow: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly spaceWidth: number;
|
|
|
- readonly middotWidth: number;
|
|
|
- readonly wsmiddotWidth: number;
|
|
|
- readonly maxDigitWidth: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export class BareFontInfo {
|
|
|
- readonly _bareFontInfoBrand: void;
|
|
|
- readonly pixelRatio: number;
|
|
|
- readonly fontFamily: string;
|
|
|
- readonly fontWeight: string;
|
|
|
- readonly fontSize: number;
|
|
|
- readonly fontFeatureSettings: string;
|
|
|
- readonly fontVariationSettings: string;
|
|
|
- readonly lineHeight: number;
|
|
|
- readonly letterSpacing: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- //compatibility:
|
|
|
- export type IReadOnlyModel = ITextModel;
|
|
|
- export type IModel = ITextModel;
|
|
|
-}
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-declare namespace monaco.languages {
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IRelativePattern {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A base file path to which this pattern will be matched against relatively.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly base: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A file glob pattern like `*.{ts,js}` that will be matched on file paths
|
|
|
- * relative to the base path.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * Example: Given a base of `/home/work/folder` and a file path of `/home/work/folder/index.js`,
|
|
|
- * the file glob pattern will match on `index.js`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly pattern: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export type LanguageSelector = string | LanguageFilter | ReadonlyArray<string | LanguageFilter>;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface LanguageFilter {
|
|
|
- readonly language?: string;
|
|
|
- readonly scheme?: string;
|
|
|
- readonly pattern?: string | IRelativePattern;
|
|
|
- readonly notebookType?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * This provider is implemented in the UI thread.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly hasAccessToAllModels?: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly exclusive?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register information about a new language.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function register(language: ILanguageExtensionPoint): void;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the information of all the registered languages.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function getLanguages(): ILanguageExtensionPoint[];
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export function getEncodedLanguageId(languageId: string): number;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An event emitted when a language is needed for the first time (e.g. a model has it set).
|
|
|
- * @event
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function onLanguage(languageId: string, callback: () => void): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Set the editing configuration for a language.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function setLanguageConfiguration(languageId: string, configuration: LanguageConfiguration): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A token.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IToken {
|
|
|
- startIndex: number;
|
|
|
- scopes: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The result of a line tokenization.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface ILineTokens {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The list of tokens on the line.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- tokens: IToken[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The tokenization end state.
|
|
|
- * A pointer will be held to this and the object should not be modified by the tokenizer after the pointer is returned.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- endState: IState;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The result of a line tokenization.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IEncodedLineTokens {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The tokens on the line in a binary, encoded format. Each token occupies two array indices. For token i:
|
|
|
- * - at offset 2*i => startIndex
|
|
|
- * - at offset 2*i + 1 => metadata
|
|
|
- * Meta data is in binary format:
|
|
|
- * - -------------------------------------------
|
|
|
- * 3322 2222 2222 1111 1111 1100 0000 0000
|
|
|
- * 1098 7654 3210 9876 5432 1098 7654 3210
|
|
|
- * - -------------------------------------------
|
|
|
- * bbbb bbbb bfff ffff ffFF FFTT LLLL LLLL
|
|
|
- * - -------------------------------------------
|
|
|
- * - L = EncodedLanguageId (8 bits): Use `getEncodedLanguageId` to get the encoded ID of a language.
|
|
|
- * - T = StandardTokenType (2 bits): Other = 0, Comment = 1, String = 2, RegEx = 3.
|
|
|
- * - F = FontStyle (4 bits): None = 0, Italic = 1, Bold = 2, Underline = 4, Strikethrough = 8.
|
|
|
- * - f = foreground ColorId (9 bits)
|
|
|
- * - b = background ColorId (9 bits)
|
|
|
- * - The color value for each colorId is defined in IStandaloneThemeData.customTokenColors:
|
|
|
- * e.g. colorId = 1 is stored in IStandaloneThemeData.customTokenColors[1]. Color id = 0 means no color,
|
|
|
- * id = 1 is for the default foreground color, id = 2 for the default background.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- tokens: Uint32Array;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The tokenization end state.
|
|
|
- * A pointer will be held to this and the object should not be modified by the tokenizer after the pointer is returned.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- endState: IState;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A factory for token providers.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface TokensProviderFactory {
|
|
|
- create(): ProviderResult<TokensProvider | EncodedTokensProvider | IMonarchLanguage>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A "manual" provider of tokens.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface TokensProvider {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The initial state of a language. Will be the state passed in to tokenize the first line.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getInitialState(): IState;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Tokenize a line given the state at the beginning of the line.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- tokenize(line: string, state: IState): ILineTokens;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A "manual" provider of tokens, returning tokens in a binary form.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface EncodedTokensProvider {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The initial state of a language. Will be the state passed in to tokenize the first line.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getInitialState(): IState;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Tokenize a line given the state at the beginning of the line.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- tokenizeEncoded(line: string, state: IState): IEncodedLineTokens;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Tokenize a line given the state at the beginning of the line.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- tokenize?(line: string, state: IState): ILineTokens;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Change the color map that is used for token colors.
|
|
|
- * Supported formats (hex): #RRGGBB, $RRGGBBAA, #RGB, #RGBA
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function setColorMap(colorMap: string[] | null): void;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register a tokens provider factory for a language. This tokenizer will be exclusive with a tokenizer
|
|
|
- * set using `setTokensProvider` or one created using `setMonarchTokensProvider`, but will work together
|
|
|
- * with a tokens provider set using `registerDocumentSemanticTokensProvider` or `registerDocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerTokensProviderFactory(languageId: string, factory: TokensProviderFactory): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Set the tokens provider for a language (manual implementation). This tokenizer will be exclusive
|
|
|
- * with a tokenizer created using `setMonarchTokensProvider`, or with `registerTokensProviderFactory`,
|
|
|
- * but will work together with a tokens provider set using `registerDocumentSemanticTokensProvider`
|
|
|
- * or `registerDocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function setTokensProvider(languageId: string, provider: TokensProvider | EncodedTokensProvider | Thenable<TokensProvider | EncodedTokensProvider>): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Set the tokens provider for a language (monarch implementation). This tokenizer will be exclusive
|
|
|
- * with a tokenizer set using `setTokensProvider`, or with `registerTokensProviderFactory`, but will
|
|
|
- * work together with a tokens provider set using `registerDocumentSemanticTokensProvider` or
|
|
|
- * `registerDocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function setMonarchTokensProvider(languageId: string, languageDef: IMonarchLanguage | Thenable<IMonarchLanguage>): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register a reference provider (used by e.g. reference search).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerReferenceProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: ReferenceProvider): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register a rename provider (used by e.g. rename symbol).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerRenameProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: RenameProvider): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register a signature help provider (used by e.g. parameter hints).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerSignatureHelpProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: SignatureHelpProvider): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register a hover provider (used by e.g. editor hover).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerHoverProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: HoverProvider): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register a document symbol provider (used by e.g. outline).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerDocumentSymbolProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: DocumentSymbolProvider): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register a document highlight provider (used by e.g. highlight occurrences).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerDocumentHighlightProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: DocumentHighlightProvider): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register an linked editing range provider.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerLinkedEditingRangeProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: LinkedEditingRangeProvider): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register a definition provider (used by e.g. go to definition).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerDefinitionProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: DefinitionProvider): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register a implementation provider (used by e.g. go to implementation).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerImplementationProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: ImplementationProvider): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register a type definition provider (used by e.g. go to type definition).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerTypeDefinitionProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: TypeDefinitionProvider): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register a code lens provider (used by e.g. inline code lenses).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerCodeLensProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: CodeLensProvider): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register a code action provider (used by e.g. quick fix).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerCodeActionProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: CodeActionProvider, metadata?: CodeActionProviderMetadata): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register a formatter that can handle only entire models.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerDocumentFormattingEditProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: DocumentFormattingEditProvider): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register a formatter that can handle a range inside a model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerDocumentRangeFormattingEditProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: DocumentRangeFormattingEditProvider): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register a formatter than can do formatting as the user types.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerOnTypeFormattingEditProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: OnTypeFormattingEditProvider): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register a link provider that can find links in text.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerLinkProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: LinkProvider): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register a completion item provider (use by e.g. suggestions).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerCompletionItemProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: CompletionItemProvider): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register a document color provider (used by Color Picker, Color Decorator).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerColorProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: DocumentColorProvider): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register a folding range provider
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerFoldingRangeProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: FoldingRangeProvider): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register a declaration provider
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerDeclarationProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: DeclarationProvider): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register a selection range provider
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerSelectionRangeProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: SelectionRangeProvider): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register a document semantic tokens provider. A semantic tokens provider will complement and enhance a
|
|
|
- * simple top-down tokenizer. Simple top-down tokenizers can be set either via `setMonarchTokensProvider`
|
|
|
- * or `setTokensProvider`.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * For the best user experience, register both a semantic tokens provider and a top-down tokenizer.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerDocumentSemanticTokensProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: DocumentSemanticTokensProvider): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register a document range semantic tokens provider. A semantic tokens provider will complement and enhance a
|
|
|
- * simple top-down tokenizer. Simple top-down tokenizers can be set either via `setMonarchTokensProvider`
|
|
|
- * or `setTokensProvider`.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * For the best user experience, register both a semantic tokens provider and a top-down tokenizer.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerDocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: DocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register an inline completions provider.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerInlineCompletionsProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: InlineCompletionsProvider): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Register an inlay hints provider.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerInlayHintsProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: InlayHintsProvider): IDisposable;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Contains additional diagnostic information about the context in which
|
|
|
- * a [code action](#CodeActionProvider.provideCodeActions) is run.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface CodeActionContext {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An array of diagnostics.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly markers: editor.IMarkerData[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Requested kind of actions to return.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly only?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The reason why code actions were requested.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly trigger: CodeActionTriggerType;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The code action interface defines the contract between extensions and
|
|
|
- * the [light bulb](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_code-action) feature.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface CodeActionProvider {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Provide commands for the given document and range.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- provideCodeActions(model: editor.ITextModel, range: Range, context: CodeActionContext, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<CodeActionList>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Given a code action fill in the edit. Will only invoked when missing.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- resolveCodeAction?(codeAction: CodeAction, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<CodeAction>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Metadata about the type of code actions that a {@link CodeActionProvider} provides.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface CodeActionProviderMetadata {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * List of code action kinds that a {@link CodeActionProvider} may return.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * This list is used to determine if a given `CodeActionProvider` should be invoked or not.
|
|
|
- * To avoid unnecessary computation, every `CodeActionProvider` should list use `providedCodeActionKinds`. The
|
|
|
- * list of kinds may either be generic, such as `["quickfix", "refactor", "source"]`, or list out every kind provided,
|
|
|
- * such as `["quickfix.removeLine", "source.fixAll" ...]`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly providedCodeActionKinds?: readonly string[];
|
|
|
- readonly documentation?: ReadonlyArray<{
|
|
|
- readonly kind: string;
|
|
|
- readonly command: Command;
|
|
|
- }>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Describes how comments for a language work.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface CommentRule {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The line comment token, like `// this is a comment`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- lineComment?: string | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The block comment character pair, like `/* block comment */`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- blockComment?: CharacterPair | null;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The language configuration interface defines the contract between extensions and
|
|
|
- * various editor features, like automatic bracket insertion, automatic indentation etc.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface LanguageConfiguration {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The language's comment settings.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- comments?: CommentRule;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The language's brackets.
|
|
|
- * This configuration implicitly affects pressing Enter around these brackets.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- brackets?: CharacterPair[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The language's word definition.
|
|
|
- * If the language supports Unicode identifiers (e.g. JavaScript), it is preferable
|
|
|
- * to provide a word definition that uses exclusion of known separators.
|
|
|
- * e.g.: A regex that matches anything except known separators (and dot is allowed to occur in a floating point number):
|
|
|
- * /(-?\d*\.\d\w*)|([^\`\~\!\@\#\%\^\&\*\(\)\-\=\+\[\{\]\}\\\|\;\:\'\"\,\.\<\>\/\?\s]+)/g
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- wordPattern?: RegExp;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The language's indentation settings.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- indentationRules?: IndentationRule;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The language's rules to be evaluated when pressing Enter.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- onEnterRules?: OnEnterRule[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The language's auto closing pairs. The 'close' character is automatically inserted with the
|
|
|
- * 'open' character is typed. If not set, the configured brackets will be used.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- autoClosingPairs?: IAutoClosingPairConditional[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The language's surrounding pairs. When the 'open' character is typed on a selection, the
|
|
|
- * selected string is surrounded by the open and close characters. If not set, the autoclosing pairs
|
|
|
- * settings will be used.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- surroundingPairs?: IAutoClosingPair[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines a list of bracket pairs that are colorized depending on their nesting level.
|
|
|
- * If not set, the configured brackets will be used.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- colorizedBracketPairs?: CharacterPair[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines what characters must be after the cursor for bracket or quote autoclosing to occur when using the \'languageDefined\' autoclosing setting.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * This is typically the set of characters which can not start an expression, such as whitespace, closing brackets, non-unary operators, etc.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- autoCloseBefore?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The language's folding rules.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- folding?: FoldingRules;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * **Deprecated** Do not use.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * @deprecated Will be replaced by a better API soon.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- __electricCharacterSupport?: {
|
|
|
- docComment?: IDocComment;
|
|
|
- };
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Describes indentation rules for a language.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IndentationRule {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If a line matches this pattern, then all the lines after it should be unindented once (until another rule matches).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- decreaseIndentPattern: RegExp;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If a line matches this pattern, then all the lines after it should be indented once (until another rule matches).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- increaseIndentPattern: RegExp;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If a line matches this pattern, then **only the next line** after it should be indented once.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- indentNextLinePattern?: RegExp | null;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If a line matches this pattern, then its indentation should not be changed and it should not be evaluated against the other rules.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- unIndentedLinePattern?: RegExp | null;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Describes language specific folding markers such as '#region' and '#endregion'.
|
|
|
- * The start and end regexes will be tested against the contents of all lines and must be designed efficiently:
|
|
|
- * - the regex should start with '^'
|
|
|
- * - regexp flags (i, g) are ignored
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface FoldingMarkers {
|
|
|
- start: RegExp;
|
|
|
- end: RegExp;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Describes folding rules for a language.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface FoldingRules {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Used by the indentation based strategy to decide whether empty lines belong to the previous or the next block.
|
|
|
- * A language adheres to the off-side rule if blocks in that language are expressed by their indentation.
|
|
|
- * See [wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Off-side_rule) for more information.
|
|
|
- * If not set, `false` is used and empty lines belong to the previous block.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- offSide?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Region markers used by the language.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- markers?: FoldingMarkers;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Describes a rule to be evaluated when pressing Enter.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface OnEnterRule {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * This rule will only execute if the text before the cursor matches this regular expression.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- beforeText: RegExp;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * This rule will only execute if the text after the cursor matches this regular expression.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- afterText?: RegExp;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * This rule will only execute if the text above the this line matches this regular expression.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- previousLineText?: RegExp;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The action to execute.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- action: EnterAction;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Definition of documentation comments (e.g. Javadoc/JSdoc)
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IDocComment {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The string that starts a doc comment (e.g. '/**')
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- open: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The string that appears on the last line and closes the doc comment (e.g. ' * /').
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- close?: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A tuple of two characters, like a pair of
|
|
|
- * opening and closing brackets.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export type CharacterPair = [string, string];
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IAutoClosingPair {
|
|
|
- open: string;
|
|
|
- close: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IAutoClosingPairConditional extends IAutoClosingPair {
|
|
|
- notIn?: string[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Describes what to do with the indentation when pressing Enter.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export enum IndentAction {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Insert new line and copy the previous line's indentation.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- None = 0,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Insert new line and indent once (relative to the previous line's indentation).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Indent = 1,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Insert two new lines:
|
|
|
- * - the first one indented which will hold the cursor
|
|
|
- * - the second one at the same indentation level
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- IndentOutdent = 2,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Insert new line and outdent once (relative to the previous line's indentation).
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Outdent = 3
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Describes what to do when pressing Enter.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface EnterAction {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Describe what to do with the indentation.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- indentAction: IndentAction;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Describes text to be appended after the new line and after the indentation.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- appendText?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Describes the number of characters to remove from the new line's indentation.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- removeText?: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The state of the tokenizer between two lines.
|
|
|
- * It is useful to store flags such as in multiline comment, etc.
|
|
|
- * The model will clone the previous line's state and pass it in to tokenize the next line.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IState {
|
|
|
- clone(): IState;
|
|
|
- equals(other: IState): boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A provider result represents the values a provider, like the {@link HoverProvider},
|
|
|
- * may return. For once this is the actual result type `T`, like `Hover`, or a thenable that resolves
|
|
|
- * to that type `T`. In addition, `null` and `undefined` can be returned - either directly or from a
|
|
|
- * thenable.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export type ProviderResult<T> = T | undefined | null | Thenable<T | undefined | null>;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A hover represents additional information for a symbol or word. Hovers are
|
|
|
- * rendered in a tooltip-like widget.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface Hover {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The contents of this hover.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- contents: IMarkdownString[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The range to which this hover applies. When missing, the
|
|
|
- * editor will use the range at the current position or the
|
|
|
- * current position itself.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- range?: IRange;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The hover provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
|
|
|
- * the [hover](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/intellisense)-feature.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface HoverProvider {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Provide a hover for the given position and document. Multiple hovers at the same
|
|
|
- * position will be merged by the editor. A hover can have a range which defaults
|
|
|
- * to the word range at the position when omitted.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- provideHover(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Hover>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export enum CompletionItemKind {
|
|
|
- Method = 0,
|
|
|
- Function = 1,
|
|
|
- Constructor = 2,
|
|
|
- Field = 3,
|
|
|
- Variable = 4,
|
|
|
- Class = 5,
|
|
|
- Struct = 6,
|
|
|
- Interface = 7,
|
|
|
- Module = 8,
|
|
|
- Property = 9,
|
|
|
- Event = 10,
|
|
|
- Operator = 11,
|
|
|
- Unit = 12,
|
|
|
- Value = 13,
|
|
|
- Constant = 14,
|
|
|
- Enum = 15,
|
|
|
- EnumMember = 16,
|
|
|
- Keyword = 17,
|
|
|
- Text = 18,
|
|
|
- Color = 19,
|
|
|
- File = 20,
|
|
|
- Reference = 21,
|
|
|
- Customcolor = 22,
|
|
|
- Folder = 23,
|
|
|
- TypeParameter = 24,
|
|
|
- User = 25,
|
|
|
- Issue = 26,
|
|
|
- Snippet = 27
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface CompletionItemLabel {
|
|
|
- label: string;
|
|
|
- detail?: string;
|
|
|
- description?: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export enum CompletionItemTag {
|
|
|
- Deprecated = 1
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export enum CompletionItemInsertTextRule {
|
|
|
- None = 0,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Adjust whitespace/indentation of multiline insert texts to
|
|
|
- * match the current line indentation.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- KeepWhitespace = 1,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * `insertText` is a snippet.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- InsertAsSnippet = 4
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface CompletionItemRanges {
|
|
|
- insert: IRange;
|
|
|
- replace: IRange;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A completion item represents a text snippet that is
|
|
|
- * proposed to complete text that is being typed.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface CompletionItem {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The label of this completion item. By default
|
|
|
- * this is also the text that is inserted when selecting
|
|
|
- * this completion.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- label: string | CompletionItemLabel;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The kind of this completion item. Based on the kind
|
|
|
- * an icon is chosen by the editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- kind: CompletionItemKind;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A modifier to the `kind` which affect how the item
|
|
|
- * is rendered, e.g. Deprecated is rendered with a strikeout
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- tags?: ReadonlyArray<CompletionItemTag>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A human-readable string with additional information
|
|
|
- * about this item, like type or symbol information.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- detail?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A human-readable string that represents a doc-comment.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- documentation?: string | IMarkdownString;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A string that should be used when comparing this item
|
|
|
- * with other items. When `falsy` the {@link CompletionItem.label label}
|
|
|
- * is used.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- sortText?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A string that should be used when filtering a set of
|
|
|
- * completion items. When `falsy` the {@link CompletionItem.label label}
|
|
|
- * is used.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- filterText?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Select this item when showing. *Note* that only one completion item can be selected and
|
|
|
- * that the editor decides which item that is. The rule is that the *first* item of those
|
|
|
- * that match best is selected.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- preselect?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A string or snippet that should be inserted in a document when selecting
|
|
|
- * this completion.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- insertText: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Additional rules (as bitmask) that should be applied when inserting
|
|
|
- * this completion.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- insertTextRules?: CompletionItemInsertTextRule;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A range of text that should be replaced by this completion item.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * Defaults to a range from the start of the {@link TextDocument.getWordRangeAtPosition current word} to the
|
|
|
- * current position.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * *Note:* The range must be a {@link Range.isSingleLine single line} and it must
|
|
|
- * {@link Range.contains contain} the position at which completion has been {@link CompletionItemProvider.provideCompletionItems requested}.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- range: IRange | CompletionItemRanges;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An optional set of characters that when pressed while this completion is active will accept it first and
|
|
|
- * then type that character. *Note* that all commit characters should have `length=1` and that superfluous
|
|
|
- * characters will be ignored.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- commitCharacters?: string[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An optional array of additional text edits that are applied when
|
|
|
- * selecting this completion. Edits must not overlap with the main edit
|
|
|
- * nor with themselves.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- additionalTextEdits?: editor.ISingleEditOperation[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A command that should be run upon acceptance of this item.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- command?: Command;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface CompletionList {
|
|
|
- suggestions: CompletionItem[];
|
|
|
- incomplete?: boolean;
|
|
|
- dispose?(): void;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * How a suggest provider was triggered.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export enum CompletionTriggerKind {
|
|
|
- Invoke = 0,
|
|
|
- TriggerCharacter = 1,
|
|
|
- TriggerForIncompleteCompletions = 2
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Contains additional information about the context in which
|
|
|
- * {@link CompletionItemProvider.provideCompletionItems completion provider} is triggered.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface CompletionContext {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * How the completion was triggered.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- triggerKind: CompletionTriggerKind;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Character that triggered the completion item provider.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * `undefined` if provider was not triggered by a character.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- triggerCharacter?: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The completion item provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
|
|
|
- * the [IntelliSense](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/intellisense).
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * When computing *complete* completion items is expensive, providers can optionally implement
|
|
|
- * the `resolveCompletionItem`-function. In that case it is enough to return completion
|
|
|
- * items with a {@link CompletionItem.label label} from the
|
|
|
- * {@link CompletionItemProvider.provideCompletionItems provideCompletionItems}-function. Subsequently,
|
|
|
- * when a completion item is shown in the UI and gains focus this provider is asked to resolve
|
|
|
- * the item, like adding {@link CompletionItem.documentation doc-comment} or {@link CompletionItem.detail details}.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface CompletionItemProvider {
|
|
|
- triggerCharacters?: string[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Provide completion items for the given position and document.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- provideCompletionItems(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, context: CompletionContext, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<CompletionList>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Given a completion item fill in more data, like {@link CompletionItem.documentation doc-comment}
|
|
|
- * or {@link CompletionItem.detail details}.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * The editor will only resolve a completion item once.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- resolveCompletionItem?(item: CompletionItem, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<CompletionItem>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * How an {@link InlineCompletionsProvider inline completion provider} was triggered.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export enum InlineCompletionTriggerKind {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Completion was triggered automatically while editing.
|
|
|
- * It is sufficient to return a single completion item in this case.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Automatic = 0,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Completion was triggered explicitly by a user gesture.
|
|
|
- * Return multiple completion items to enable cycling through them.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Explicit = 1
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface InlineCompletionContext {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * How the completion was triggered.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly triggerKind: InlineCompletionTriggerKind;
|
|
|
- readonly selectedSuggestionInfo: SelectedSuggestionInfo | undefined;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface SelectedSuggestionInfo {
|
|
|
- range: IRange;
|
|
|
- text: string;
|
|
|
- isSnippetText: boolean;
|
|
|
- completionKind: CompletionItemKind;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface InlineCompletion {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The text to insert.
|
|
|
- * If the text contains a line break, the range must end at the end of a line.
|
|
|
- * If existing text should be replaced, the existing text must be a prefix of the text to insert.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * The text can also be a snippet. In that case, a preview with default parameters is shown.
|
|
|
- * When accepting the suggestion, the full snippet is inserted.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly insertText: string | {
|
|
|
- snippet: string;
|
|
|
- };
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A text that is used to decide if this inline completion should be shown.
|
|
|
- * An inline completion is shown if the text to replace is a subword of the filter text.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly filterText?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An optional array of additional text edits that are applied when
|
|
|
- * selecting this completion. Edits must not overlap with the main edit
|
|
|
- * nor with themselves.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly additionalTextEdits?: editor.ISingleEditOperation[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The range to replace.
|
|
|
- * Must begin and end on the same line.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly range?: IRange;
|
|
|
- readonly command?: Command;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If set to `true`, unopened closing brackets are removed and unclosed opening brackets are closed.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to `false`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly completeBracketPairs?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface InlineCompletions<TItem extends InlineCompletion = InlineCompletion> {
|
|
|
- readonly items: readonly TItem[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A list of commands associated with the inline completions of this list.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly commands?: Command[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface InlineCompletionsProvider<T extends InlineCompletions = InlineCompletions> {
|
|
|
- provideInlineCompletions(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, context: InlineCompletionContext, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<T>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Will be called when an item is shown.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- handleItemDidShow?(completions: T, item: T['items'][number]): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Will be called when a completions list is no longer in use and can be garbage-collected.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- freeInlineCompletions(completions: T): void;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface CodeAction {
|
|
|
- title: string;
|
|
|
- command?: Command;
|
|
|
- edit?: WorkspaceEdit;
|
|
|
- diagnostics?: editor.IMarkerData[];
|
|
|
- kind?: string;
|
|
|
- isPreferred?: boolean;
|
|
|
- disabled?: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export enum CodeActionTriggerType {
|
|
|
- Invoke = 1,
|
|
|
- Auto = 2
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface CodeActionList extends IDisposable {
|
|
|
- readonly actions: ReadonlyArray<CodeAction>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Represents a parameter of a callable-signature. A parameter can
|
|
|
- * have a label and a doc-comment.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface ParameterInformation {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The label of this signature. Will be shown in
|
|
|
- * the UI.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- label: string | [number, number];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The human-readable doc-comment of this signature. Will be shown
|
|
|
- * in the UI but can be omitted.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- documentation?: string | IMarkdownString;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Represents the signature of something callable. A signature
|
|
|
- * can have a label, like a function-name, a doc-comment, and
|
|
|
- * a set of parameters.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface SignatureInformation {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The label of this signature. Will be shown in
|
|
|
- * the UI.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- label: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The human-readable doc-comment of this signature. Will be shown
|
|
|
- * in the UI but can be omitted.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- documentation?: string | IMarkdownString;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The parameters of this signature.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- parameters: ParameterInformation[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Index of the active parameter.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * If provided, this is used in place of `SignatureHelp.activeSignature`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- activeParameter?: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Signature help represents the signature of something
|
|
|
- * callable. There can be multiple signatures but only one
|
|
|
- * active and only one active parameter.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface SignatureHelp {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * One or more signatures.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- signatures: SignatureInformation[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The active signature.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- activeSignature: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The active parameter of the active signature.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- activeParameter: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface SignatureHelpResult extends IDisposable {
|
|
|
- value: SignatureHelp;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export enum SignatureHelpTriggerKind {
|
|
|
- Invoke = 1,
|
|
|
- TriggerCharacter = 2,
|
|
|
- ContentChange = 3
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface SignatureHelpContext {
|
|
|
- readonly triggerKind: SignatureHelpTriggerKind;
|
|
|
- readonly triggerCharacter?: string;
|
|
|
- readonly isRetrigger: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly activeSignatureHelp?: SignatureHelp;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The signature help provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
|
|
|
- * the [parameter hints](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/intellisense)-feature.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface SignatureHelpProvider {
|
|
|
- readonly signatureHelpTriggerCharacters?: ReadonlyArray<string>;
|
|
|
- readonly signatureHelpRetriggerCharacters?: ReadonlyArray<string>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Provide help for the signature at the given position and document.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- provideSignatureHelp(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, token: CancellationToken, context: SignatureHelpContext): ProviderResult<SignatureHelpResult>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A document highlight kind.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export enum DocumentHighlightKind {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A textual occurrence.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Text = 0,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Read-access of a symbol, like reading a variable.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Read = 1,
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Write-access of a symbol, like writing to a variable.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- Write = 2
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A document highlight is a range inside a text document which deserves
|
|
|
- * special attention. Usually a document highlight is visualized by changing
|
|
|
- * the background color of its range.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface DocumentHighlight {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The range this highlight applies to.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- range: IRange;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The highlight kind, default is {@link DocumentHighlightKind.Text text}.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- kind?: DocumentHighlightKind;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The document highlight provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
|
|
|
- * the word-highlight-feature.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface DocumentHighlightProvider {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Provide a set of document highlights, like all occurrences of a variable or
|
|
|
- * all exit-points of a function.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- provideDocumentHighlights(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<DocumentHighlight[]>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The linked editing range provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
|
|
|
- * the linked editing feature.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface LinkedEditingRangeProvider {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Provide a list of ranges that can be edited together.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- provideLinkedEditingRanges(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<LinkedEditingRanges>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Represents a list of ranges that can be edited together along with a word pattern to describe valid contents.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface LinkedEditingRanges {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A list of ranges that can be edited together. The ranges must have
|
|
|
- * identical length and text content. The ranges cannot overlap
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- ranges: IRange[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An optional word pattern that describes valid contents for the given ranges.
|
|
|
- * If no pattern is provided, the language configuration's word pattern will be used.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- wordPattern?: RegExp;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Value-object that contains additional information when
|
|
|
- * requesting references.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface ReferenceContext {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Include the declaration of the current symbol.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- includeDeclaration: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The reference provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
|
|
|
- * the [find references](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_peek)-feature.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface ReferenceProvider {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Provide a set of project-wide references for the given position and document.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- provideReferences(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, context: ReferenceContext, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Location[]>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Represents a location inside a resource, such as a line
|
|
|
- * inside a text file.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface Location {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The resource identifier of this location.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- uri: Uri;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The document range of this locations.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- range: IRange;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface LocationLink {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A range to select where this link originates from.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- originSelectionRange?: IRange;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The target uri this link points to.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- uri: Uri;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The full range this link points to.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- range: IRange;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A range to select this link points to. Must be contained
|
|
|
- * in `LocationLink.range`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- targetSelectionRange?: IRange;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export type Definition = Location | Location[] | LocationLink[];
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The definition provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
|
|
|
- * the [go to definition](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_go-to-definition)
|
|
|
- * and peek definition features.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface DefinitionProvider {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Provide the definition of the symbol at the given position and document.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- provideDefinition(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Definition | LocationLink[]>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The definition provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
|
|
|
- * the [go to definition](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_go-to-definition)
|
|
|
- * and peek definition features.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface DeclarationProvider {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Provide the declaration of the symbol at the given position and document.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- provideDeclaration(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Definition | LocationLink[]>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The implementation provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
|
|
|
- * the go to implementation feature.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface ImplementationProvider {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Provide the implementation of the symbol at the given position and document.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- provideImplementation(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Definition | LocationLink[]>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The type definition provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
|
|
|
- * the go to type definition feature.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface TypeDefinitionProvider {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Provide the type definition of the symbol at the given position and document.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- provideTypeDefinition(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Definition | LocationLink[]>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A symbol kind.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export enum SymbolKind {
|
|
|
- File = 0,
|
|
|
- Module = 1,
|
|
|
- Namespace = 2,
|
|
|
- Package = 3,
|
|
|
- Class = 4,
|
|
|
- Method = 5,
|
|
|
- Property = 6,
|
|
|
- Field = 7,
|
|
|
- Constructor = 8,
|
|
|
- Enum = 9,
|
|
|
- Interface = 10,
|
|
|
- Function = 11,
|
|
|
- Variable = 12,
|
|
|
- Constant = 13,
|
|
|
- String = 14,
|
|
|
- Number = 15,
|
|
|
- Boolean = 16,
|
|
|
- Array = 17,
|
|
|
- Object = 18,
|
|
|
- Key = 19,
|
|
|
- Null = 20,
|
|
|
- EnumMember = 21,
|
|
|
- Struct = 22,
|
|
|
- Event = 23,
|
|
|
- Operator = 24,
|
|
|
- TypeParameter = 25
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export enum SymbolTag {
|
|
|
- Deprecated = 1
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface DocumentSymbol {
|
|
|
- name: string;
|
|
|
- detail: string;
|
|
|
- kind: SymbolKind;
|
|
|
- tags: ReadonlyArray<SymbolTag>;
|
|
|
- containerName?: string;
|
|
|
- range: IRange;
|
|
|
- selectionRange: IRange;
|
|
|
- children?: DocumentSymbol[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The document symbol provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
|
|
|
- * the [go to symbol](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_go-to-symbol)-feature.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface DocumentSymbolProvider {
|
|
|
- displayName?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Provide symbol information for the given document.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- provideDocumentSymbols(model: editor.ITextModel, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<DocumentSymbol[]>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface TextEdit {
|
|
|
- range: IRange;
|
|
|
- text: string;
|
|
|
- eol?: editor.EndOfLineSequence;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Interface used to format a model
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface FormattingOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Size of a tab in spaces.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- tabSize: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Prefer spaces over tabs.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- insertSpaces: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The document formatting provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
|
|
|
- * the formatting-feature.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface DocumentFormattingEditProvider {
|
|
|
- readonly displayName?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Provide formatting edits for a whole document.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- provideDocumentFormattingEdits(model: editor.ITextModel, options: FormattingOptions, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<TextEdit[]>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The document formatting provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
|
|
|
- * the formatting-feature.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface DocumentRangeFormattingEditProvider {
|
|
|
- readonly displayName?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Provide formatting edits for a range in a document.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * The given range is a hint and providers can decide to format a smaller
|
|
|
- * or larger range. Often this is done by adjusting the start and end
|
|
|
- * of the range to full syntax nodes.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- provideDocumentRangeFormattingEdits(model: editor.ITextModel, range: Range, options: FormattingOptions, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<TextEdit[]>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The document formatting provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
|
|
|
- * the formatting-feature.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface OnTypeFormattingEditProvider {
|
|
|
- autoFormatTriggerCharacters: string[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Provide formatting edits after a character has been typed.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * The given position and character should hint to the provider
|
|
|
- * what range the position to expand to, like find the matching `{`
|
|
|
- * when `}` has been entered.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- provideOnTypeFormattingEdits(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, ch: string, options: FormattingOptions, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<TextEdit[]>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A link inside the editor.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface ILink {
|
|
|
- range: IRange;
|
|
|
- url?: Uri | string;
|
|
|
- tooltip?: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface ILinksList {
|
|
|
- links: ILink[];
|
|
|
- dispose?(): void;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A provider of links.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface LinkProvider {
|
|
|
- provideLinks(model: editor.ITextModel, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<ILinksList>;
|
|
|
- resolveLink?: (link: ILink, token: CancellationToken) => ProviderResult<ILink>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A color in RGBA format.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IColor {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The red component in the range [0-1].
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly red: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The green component in the range [0-1].
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly green: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The blue component in the range [0-1].
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly blue: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The alpha component in the range [0-1].
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly alpha: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * String representations for a color
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IColorPresentation {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The label of this color presentation. It will be shown on the color
|
|
|
- * picker header. By default this is also the text that is inserted when selecting
|
|
|
- * this color presentation.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- label: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An {@link TextEdit edit} which is applied to a document when selecting
|
|
|
- * this presentation for the color.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- textEdit?: TextEdit;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An optional array of additional {@link TextEdit text edits} that are applied when
|
|
|
- * selecting this color presentation.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- additionalTextEdits?: TextEdit[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A color range is a range in a text model which represents a color.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IColorInformation {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The range within the model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- range: IRange;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The color represented in this range.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- color: IColor;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A provider of colors for editor models.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface DocumentColorProvider {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Provides the color ranges for a specific model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- provideDocumentColors(model: editor.ITextModel, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<IColorInformation[]>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Provide the string representations for a color.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- provideColorPresentations(model: editor.ITextModel, colorInfo: IColorInformation, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<IColorPresentation[]>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface SelectionRange {
|
|
|
- range: IRange;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface SelectionRangeProvider {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Provide ranges that should be selected from the given position.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- provideSelectionRanges(model: editor.ITextModel, positions: Position[], token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<SelectionRange[][]>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface FoldingContext {
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A provider of folding ranges for editor models.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface FoldingRangeProvider {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An optional event to signal that the folding ranges from this provider have changed.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- onDidChange?: IEvent<this>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Provides the folding ranges for a specific model.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- provideFoldingRanges(model: editor.ITextModel, context: FoldingContext, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<FoldingRange[]>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface FoldingRange {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The one-based start line of the range to fold. The folded area starts after the line's last character.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- start: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The one-based end line of the range to fold. The folded area ends with the line's last character.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- end: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Describes the {@link FoldingRangeKind Kind} of the folding range such as {@link FoldingRangeKind.Comment Comment} or
|
|
|
- * {@link FoldingRangeKind.Region Region}. The kind is used to categorize folding ranges and used by commands
|
|
|
- * like 'Fold all comments'. See
|
|
|
- * {@link FoldingRangeKind} for an enumeration of standardized kinds.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- kind?: FoldingRangeKind;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export class FoldingRangeKind {
|
|
|
- value: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Kind for folding range representing a comment. The value of the kind is 'comment'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static readonly Comment: FoldingRangeKind;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Kind for folding range representing a import. The value of the kind is 'imports'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static readonly Imports: FoldingRangeKind;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Kind for folding range representing regions (for example marked by `#region`, `#endregion`).
|
|
|
- * The value of the kind is 'region'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- static readonly Region: FoldingRangeKind;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Creates a new {@link FoldingRangeKind}.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * @param value of the kind.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- constructor(value: string);
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface WorkspaceEditMetadata {
|
|
|
- needsConfirmation: boolean;
|
|
|
- label: string;
|
|
|
- description?: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface WorkspaceFileEditOptions {
|
|
|
- overwrite?: boolean;
|
|
|
- ignoreIfNotExists?: boolean;
|
|
|
- ignoreIfExists?: boolean;
|
|
|
- recursive?: boolean;
|
|
|
- copy?: boolean;
|
|
|
- folder?: boolean;
|
|
|
- skipTrashBin?: boolean;
|
|
|
- maxSize?: number;
|
|
|
- contentsBase64?: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IWorkspaceFileEdit {
|
|
|
- oldResource?: Uri;
|
|
|
- newResource?: Uri;
|
|
|
- options?: WorkspaceFileEditOptions;
|
|
|
- metadata?: WorkspaceEditMetadata;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IWorkspaceTextEdit {
|
|
|
- resource: Uri;
|
|
|
- textEdit: TextEdit & {
|
|
|
- insertAsSnippet?: boolean;
|
|
|
- };
|
|
|
- versionId: number | undefined;
|
|
|
- metadata?: WorkspaceEditMetadata;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface WorkspaceEdit {
|
|
|
- edits: Array<IWorkspaceTextEdit | IWorkspaceFileEdit>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface Rejection {
|
|
|
- rejectReason?: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface RenameLocation {
|
|
|
- range: IRange;
|
|
|
- text: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface RenameProvider {
|
|
|
- provideRenameEdits(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, newName: string, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<WorkspaceEdit & Rejection>;
|
|
|
- resolveRenameLocation?(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<RenameLocation & Rejection>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface Command {
|
|
|
- id: string;
|
|
|
- title: string;
|
|
|
- tooltip?: string;
|
|
|
- arguments?: any[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface CodeLens {
|
|
|
- range: IRange;
|
|
|
- id?: string;
|
|
|
- command?: Command;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface CodeLensList {
|
|
|
- lenses: CodeLens[];
|
|
|
- dispose(): void;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface CodeLensProvider {
|
|
|
- onDidChange?: IEvent<this>;
|
|
|
- provideCodeLenses(model: editor.ITextModel, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<CodeLensList>;
|
|
|
- resolveCodeLens?(model: editor.ITextModel, codeLens: CodeLens, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<CodeLens>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export enum InlayHintKind {
|
|
|
- Type = 1,
|
|
|
- Parameter = 2
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface InlayHintLabelPart {
|
|
|
- label: string;
|
|
|
- tooltip?: string | IMarkdownString;
|
|
|
- command?: Command;
|
|
|
- location?: Location;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface InlayHint {
|
|
|
- label: string | InlayHintLabelPart[];
|
|
|
- tooltip?: string | IMarkdownString;
|
|
|
- textEdits?: TextEdit[];
|
|
|
- position: IPosition;
|
|
|
- kind?: InlayHintKind;
|
|
|
- paddingLeft?: boolean;
|
|
|
- paddingRight?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface InlayHintList {
|
|
|
- hints: InlayHint[];
|
|
|
- dispose(): void;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface InlayHintsProvider {
|
|
|
- displayName?: string;
|
|
|
- onDidChangeInlayHints?: IEvent<void>;
|
|
|
- provideInlayHints(model: editor.ITextModel, range: Range, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<InlayHintList>;
|
|
|
- resolveInlayHint?(hint: InlayHint, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<InlayHint>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface SemanticTokensLegend {
|
|
|
- readonly tokenTypes: string[];
|
|
|
- readonly tokenModifiers: string[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface SemanticTokens {
|
|
|
- readonly resultId?: string;
|
|
|
- readonly data: Uint32Array;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface SemanticTokensEdit {
|
|
|
- readonly start: number;
|
|
|
- readonly deleteCount: number;
|
|
|
- readonly data?: Uint32Array;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface SemanticTokensEdits {
|
|
|
- readonly resultId?: string;
|
|
|
- readonly edits: SemanticTokensEdit[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface DocumentSemanticTokensProvider {
|
|
|
- onDidChange?: IEvent<void>;
|
|
|
- getLegend(): SemanticTokensLegend;
|
|
|
- provideDocumentSemanticTokens(model: editor.ITextModel, lastResultId: string | null, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<SemanticTokens | SemanticTokensEdits>;
|
|
|
- releaseDocumentSemanticTokens(resultId: string | undefined): void;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface DocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider {
|
|
|
- getLegend(): SemanticTokensLegend;
|
|
|
- provideDocumentRangeSemanticTokens(model: editor.ITextModel, range: Range, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<SemanticTokens>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface ILanguageExtensionPoint {
|
|
|
- id: string;
|
|
|
- extensions?: string[];
|
|
|
- filenames?: string[];
|
|
|
- filenamePatterns?: string[];
|
|
|
- firstLine?: string;
|
|
|
- aliases?: string[];
|
|
|
- mimetypes?: string[];
|
|
|
- configuration?: Uri;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A Monarch language definition
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IMonarchLanguage {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * map from string to ILanguageRule[]
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- tokenizer: {
|
|
|
- [name: string]: IMonarchLanguageRule[];
|
|
|
- };
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * is the language case insensitive?
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- ignoreCase?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * is the language unicode-aware? (i.e., /\u{1D306}/)
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- unicode?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * if no match in the tokenizer assign this token class (default 'source')
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- defaultToken?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * for example [['{','}','delimiter.curly']]
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- brackets?: IMonarchLanguageBracket[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * start symbol in the tokenizer (by default the first entry is used)
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- start?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * attach this to every token class (by default '.' + name)
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- tokenPostfix?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * include line feeds (in the form of a \n character) at the end of lines
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- includeLF?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Other keys that can be referred to by the tokenizer.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- [key: string]: any;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A rule is either a regular expression and an action
|
|
|
- * shorthands: [reg,act] == { regex: reg, action: act}
|
|
|
- * and : [reg,act,nxt] == { regex: reg, action: act{ next: nxt }}
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export type IShortMonarchLanguageRule1 = [string | RegExp, IMonarchLanguageAction];
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export type IShortMonarchLanguageRule2 = [string | RegExp, IMonarchLanguageAction, string];
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IExpandedMonarchLanguageRule {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * match tokens
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- regex?: string | RegExp;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * action to take on match
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- action?: IMonarchLanguageAction;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * or an include rule. include all rules from the included state
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- include?: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export type IMonarchLanguageRule = IShortMonarchLanguageRule1 | IShortMonarchLanguageRule2 | IExpandedMonarchLanguageRule;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * An action is either an array of actions...
|
|
|
- * ... or a case statement with guards...
|
|
|
- * ... or a basic action with a token value.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export type IShortMonarchLanguageAction = string;
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IExpandedMonarchLanguageAction {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * array of actions for each parenthesized match group
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- group?: IMonarchLanguageAction[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * map from string to ILanguageAction
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- cases?: Object;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * token class (ie. css class) (or "@brackets" or "@rematch")
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- token?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * the next state to push, or "@push", "@pop", "@popall"
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- next?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * switch to this state
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- switchTo?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * go back n characters in the stream
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- goBack?: number;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * @open or @close
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- bracket?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * switch to embedded language (using the mimetype) or get out using "@pop"
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- nextEmbedded?: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * log a message to the browser console window
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- log?: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export type IMonarchLanguageAction = IShortMonarchLanguageAction | IExpandedMonarchLanguageAction | (IShortMonarchLanguageAction | IExpandedMonarchLanguageAction)[];
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * This interface can be shortened as an array, ie. ['{','}','delimiter.curly']
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface IMonarchLanguageBracket {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * open bracket
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- open: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * closing bracket
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- close: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * token class
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- token: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-}
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-declare namespace monaco.worker {
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IMirrorTextModel {
|
|
|
- readonly version: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IMirrorModel extends IMirrorTextModel {
|
|
|
- readonly uri: Uri;
|
|
|
- readonly version: number;
|
|
|
- getValue(): string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
- export interface IWorkerContext<H = undefined> {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A proxy to the main thread host object.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- host: H;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get all available mirror models in this worker.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getMirrorModels(): IMirrorModel[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-}
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-//dtsv=3
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
- * Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
|
|
- * Licensed under the MIT License. See License.txt in the project root for license information.
|
|
|
- *--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-declare namespace monaco.languages.css {
|
|
|
- export interface CSSFormatConfiguration {
|
|
|
- /** separate selectors with newline (e.g. "a,\nbr" or "a, br"): Default: true */
|
|
|
- newlineBetweenSelectors?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /** add a new line after every css rule: Default: true */
|
|
|
- newlineBetweenRules?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /** ensure space around selector separators: '>', '+', '~' (e.g. "a>b" -> "a > b"): Default: false */
|
|
|
- spaceAroundSelectorSeparator?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /** put braces on the same line as rules (`collapse`), or put braces on own line, Allman / ANSI style (`expand`). Default `collapse` */
|
|
|
- braceStyle?: 'collapse' | 'expand';
|
|
|
- /** whether existing line breaks before elements should be preserved. Default: true */
|
|
|
- preserveNewLines?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /** maximum number of line breaks to be preserved in one chunk. Default: unlimited */
|
|
|
- maxPreserveNewLines?: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface Options {
|
|
|
- readonly validate?: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly lint?: {
|
|
|
- readonly compatibleVendorPrefixes?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
|
|
|
- readonly vendorPrefix?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
|
|
|
- readonly duplicateProperties?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
|
|
|
- readonly emptyRules?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
|
|
|
- readonly importStatement?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
|
|
|
- readonly boxModel?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
|
|
|
- readonly universalSelector?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
|
|
|
- readonly zeroUnits?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
|
|
|
- readonly fontFaceProperties?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
|
|
|
- readonly hexColorLength?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
|
|
|
- readonly argumentsInColorFunction?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
|
|
|
- readonly unknownProperties?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
|
|
|
- readonly ieHack?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
|
|
|
- readonly unknownVendorSpecificProperties?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
|
|
|
- readonly propertyIgnoredDueToDisplay?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
|
|
|
- readonly important?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
|
|
|
- readonly float?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
|
|
|
- readonly idSelector?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
|
|
|
- };
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configures the CSS data types known by the langauge service.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly data?: CSSDataConfiguration;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Settings for the CSS formatter.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly format?: CSSFormatConfiguration;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface ModeConfiguration {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in completionItemProvider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly completionItems?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in hoverProvider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly hovers?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in documentSymbolProvider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly documentSymbols?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in definitions provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly definitions?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in references provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly references?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in references provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly documentHighlights?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in rename provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly rename?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in color provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly colors?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in foldingRange provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly foldingRanges?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in diagnostic provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly diagnostics?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in selection range provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly selectionRanges?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in document formatting edit provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly documentFormattingEdits?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in document formatting range edit provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly documentRangeFormattingEdits?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface LanguageServiceDefaults {
|
|
|
- readonly languageId: string;
|
|
|
- readonly onDidChange: IEvent<LanguageServiceDefaults>;
|
|
|
- readonly modeConfiguration: ModeConfiguration;
|
|
|
- readonly options: Options;
|
|
|
- setOptions(options: Options): void;
|
|
|
- setModeConfiguration(modeConfiguration: ModeConfiguration): void;
|
|
|
- /** @deprecated Use options instead */
|
|
|
- readonly diagnosticsOptions: DiagnosticsOptions;
|
|
|
- /** @deprecated Use setOptions instead */
|
|
|
- setDiagnosticsOptions(options: DiagnosticsOptions): void;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- /** @deprecated Use Options instead */
|
|
|
- export type DiagnosticsOptions = Options;
|
|
|
- export const cssDefaults: LanguageServiceDefaults;
|
|
|
- export const scssDefaults: LanguageServiceDefaults;
|
|
|
- export const lessDefaults: LanguageServiceDefaults;
|
|
|
- export interface CSSDataConfiguration {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the standard CSS properties, at-directives, pseudoClasses and pseudoElements are shown.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- useDefaultDataProvider?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Provides a set of custom data providers.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- dataProviders?: {
|
|
|
- [providerId: string]: CSSDataV1;
|
|
|
- };
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Custom CSS properties, at-directives, pseudoClasses and pseudoElements
|
|
|
- * https://github.com/microsoft/vscode-css-languageservice/blob/main/docs/customData.md
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface CSSDataV1 {
|
|
|
- version: 1 | 1.1;
|
|
|
- properties?: IPropertyData[];
|
|
|
- atDirectives?: IAtDirectiveData[];
|
|
|
- pseudoClasses?: IPseudoClassData[];
|
|
|
- pseudoElements?: IPseudoElementData[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export type EntryStatus = 'standard' | 'experimental' | 'nonstandard' | 'obsolete';
|
|
|
- export interface IReference {
|
|
|
- name: string;
|
|
|
- url: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface IPropertyData {
|
|
|
- name: string;
|
|
|
- description?: string | MarkupContent;
|
|
|
- browsers?: string[];
|
|
|
- restrictions?: string[];
|
|
|
- status?: EntryStatus;
|
|
|
- syntax?: string;
|
|
|
- values?: IValueData[];
|
|
|
- references?: IReference[];
|
|
|
- relevance?: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface IAtDirectiveData {
|
|
|
- name: string;
|
|
|
- description?: string | MarkupContent;
|
|
|
- browsers?: string[];
|
|
|
- status?: EntryStatus;
|
|
|
- references?: IReference[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface IPseudoClassData {
|
|
|
- name: string;
|
|
|
- description?: string | MarkupContent;
|
|
|
- browsers?: string[];
|
|
|
- status?: EntryStatus;
|
|
|
- references?: IReference[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface IPseudoElementData {
|
|
|
- name: string;
|
|
|
- description?: string | MarkupContent;
|
|
|
- browsers?: string[];
|
|
|
- status?: EntryStatus;
|
|
|
- references?: IReference[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface IValueData {
|
|
|
- name: string;
|
|
|
- description?: string | MarkupContent;
|
|
|
- browsers?: string[];
|
|
|
- status?: EntryStatus;
|
|
|
- references?: IReference[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface MarkupContent {
|
|
|
- kind: MarkupKind;
|
|
|
- value: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export type MarkupKind = 'plaintext' | 'markdown';
|
|
|
-}
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
- * Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
|
|
- * Licensed under the MIT License. See License.txt in the project root for license information.
|
|
|
- *--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-declare namespace monaco.languages.html {
|
|
|
- export interface HTMLFormatConfiguration {
|
|
|
- readonly tabSize: number;
|
|
|
- readonly insertSpaces: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly wrapLineLength: number;
|
|
|
- readonly unformatted: string;
|
|
|
- readonly contentUnformatted: string;
|
|
|
- readonly indentInnerHtml: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly preserveNewLines: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly maxPreserveNewLines: number | undefined;
|
|
|
- readonly indentHandlebars: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly endWithNewline: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly extraLiners: string;
|
|
|
- readonly wrapAttributes: 'auto' | 'force' | 'force-aligned' | 'force-expand-multiline';
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface CompletionConfiguration {
|
|
|
- readonly [providerId: string]: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface Options {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Settings for the HTML formatter.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly format?: HTMLFormatConfiguration;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Code completion settings.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly suggest?: CompletionConfiguration;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configures the HTML data types known by the HTML langauge service.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly data?: HTMLDataConfiguration;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface ModeConfiguration {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in completionItemProvider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly completionItems?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in hoverProvider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly hovers?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in documentSymbolProvider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly documentSymbols?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in definitions provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly links?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in references provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly documentHighlights?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in rename provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly rename?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in color provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly colors?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in foldingRange provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly foldingRanges?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in diagnostic provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly diagnostics?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in selection range provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly selectionRanges?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in documentFormattingEdit provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly documentFormattingEdits?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in documentRangeFormattingEdit provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly documentRangeFormattingEdits?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface LanguageServiceDefaults {
|
|
|
- readonly languageId: string;
|
|
|
- readonly modeConfiguration: ModeConfiguration;
|
|
|
- readonly onDidChange: IEvent<LanguageServiceDefaults>;
|
|
|
- readonly options: Options;
|
|
|
- setOptions(options: Options): void;
|
|
|
- setModeConfiguration(modeConfiguration: ModeConfiguration): void;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export const htmlLanguageService: LanguageServiceRegistration;
|
|
|
- export const htmlDefaults: LanguageServiceDefaults;
|
|
|
- export const handlebarLanguageService: LanguageServiceRegistration;
|
|
|
- export const handlebarDefaults: LanguageServiceDefaults;
|
|
|
- export const razorLanguageService: LanguageServiceRegistration;
|
|
|
- export const razorDefaults: LanguageServiceDefaults;
|
|
|
- export interface LanguageServiceRegistration extends IDisposable {
|
|
|
- readonly defaults: LanguageServiceDefaults;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Registers a new HTML language service for the languageId.
|
|
|
- * Note: 'html', 'handlebar' and 'razor' are registered by default.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * Use this method to register additional language ids with a HTML service.
|
|
|
- * The language server has to be registered before an editor model is opened.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export function registerHTMLLanguageService(languageId: string, options?: Options, modeConfiguration?: ModeConfiguration): LanguageServiceRegistration;
|
|
|
- export interface HTMLDataConfiguration {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the standard HTML tags and attributes are shown
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly useDefaultDataProvider?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Provides a set of custom data providers.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly dataProviders?: {
|
|
|
- [providerId: string]: HTMLDataV1;
|
|
|
- };
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Custom HTML tags attributes and attribute values
|
|
|
- * https://github.com/microsoft/vscode-html-languageservice/blob/main/docs/customData.md
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- export interface HTMLDataV1 {
|
|
|
- readonly version: 1 | 1.1;
|
|
|
- readonly tags?: ITagData[];
|
|
|
- readonly globalAttributes?: IAttributeData[];
|
|
|
- readonly valueSets?: IValueSet[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface IReference {
|
|
|
- readonly name: string;
|
|
|
- readonly url: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface ITagData {
|
|
|
- readonly name: string;
|
|
|
- readonly description?: string | MarkupContent;
|
|
|
- readonly attributes: IAttributeData[];
|
|
|
- readonly references?: IReference[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface IAttributeData {
|
|
|
- readonly name: string;
|
|
|
- readonly description?: string | MarkupContent;
|
|
|
- readonly valueSet?: string;
|
|
|
- readonly values?: IValueData[];
|
|
|
- readonly references?: IReference[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface IValueData {
|
|
|
- readonly name: string;
|
|
|
- readonly description?: string | MarkupContent;
|
|
|
- readonly references?: IReference[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface IValueSet {
|
|
|
- readonly name: string;
|
|
|
- readonly values: IValueData[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface MarkupContent {
|
|
|
- readonly kind: MarkupKind;
|
|
|
- readonly value: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export type MarkupKind = 'plaintext' | 'markdown';
|
|
|
-}
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
- * Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
|
|
- * Licensed under the MIT License. See License.txt in the project root for license information.
|
|
|
- *--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-declare namespace monaco.languages.json {
|
|
|
- export interface DiagnosticsOptions {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If set, the validator will be enabled and perform syntax and schema based validation,
|
|
|
- * unless `DiagnosticsOptions.schemaValidation` is set to `ignore`.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly validate?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If set, comments are tolerated. If set to false, syntax errors will be emitted for comments.
|
|
|
- * `DiagnosticsOptions.allowComments` will override this setting.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly allowComments?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A list of known schemas and/or associations of schemas to file names.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly schemas?: {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The URI of the schema, which is also the identifier of the schema.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly uri: string;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A list of glob patterns that describe for which file URIs the JSON schema will be used.
|
|
|
- * '*' and '**' wildcards are supported. Exclusion patterns start with '!'.
|
|
|
- * For example '*.schema.json', 'package.json', '!foo*.schema.json', 'foo/**\/BADRESP.json'.
|
|
|
- * A match succeeds when there is at least one pattern matching and last matching pattern does not start with '!'.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly fileMatch?: string[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The schema for the given URI.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly schema?: any;
|
|
|
- }[];
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * If set, the schema service would load schema content on-demand with 'fetch' if available
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly enableSchemaRequest?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The severity of problems from schema validation. If set to 'ignore', schema validation will be skipped. If not set, 'warning' is used.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly schemaValidation?: SeverityLevel;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The severity of problems that occurred when resolving and loading schemas. If set to 'ignore', schema resolving problems are not reported. If not set, 'warning' is used.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly schemaRequest?: SeverityLevel;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The severity of reported trailing commas. If not set, trailing commas will be reported as errors.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly trailingCommas?: SeverityLevel;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * The severity of reported comments. If not set, 'DiagnosticsOptions.allowComments' defines whether comments are ignored or reported as errors.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly comments?: SeverityLevel;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export type SeverityLevel = 'error' | 'warning' | 'ignore';
|
|
|
- export interface ModeConfiguration {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in documentFormattingEdit provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly documentFormattingEdits?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in documentRangeFormattingEdit provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly documentRangeFormattingEdits?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in completionItemProvider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly completionItems?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in hoverProvider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly hovers?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in documentSymbolProvider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly documentSymbols?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in tokens provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly tokens?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in color provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly colors?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in foldingRange provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly foldingRanges?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in diagnostic provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly diagnostics?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in selection range provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly selectionRanges?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface LanguageServiceDefaults {
|
|
|
- readonly languageId: string;
|
|
|
- readonly onDidChange: IEvent<LanguageServiceDefaults>;
|
|
|
- readonly diagnosticsOptions: DiagnosticsOptions;
|
|
|
- readonly modeConfiguration: ModeConfiguration;
|
|
|
- setDiagnosticsOptions(options: DiagnosticsOptions): void;
|
|
|
- setModeConfiguration(modeConfiguration: ModeConfiguration): void;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export const jsonDefaults: LanguageServiceDefaults;
|
|
|
-}
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
- * Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
|
|
- * Licensed under the MIT License. See License.txt in the project root for license information.
|
|
|
- *--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-declare namespace monaco.languages.typescript {
|
|
|
- export enum ModuleKind {
|
|
|
- None = 0,
|
|
|
- CommonJS = 1,
|
|
|
- AMD = 2,
|
|
|
- UMD = 3,
|
|
|
- System = 4,
|
|
|
- ES2015 = 5,
|
|
|
- ESNext = 99
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export enum JsxEmit {
|
|
|
- None = 0,
|
|
|
- Preserve = 1,
|
|
|
- React = 2,
|
|
|
- ReactNative = 3,
|
|
|
- ReactJSX = 4,
|
|
|
- ReactJSXDev = 5
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export enum NewLineKind {
|
|
|
- CarriageReturnLineFeed = 0,
|
|
|
- LineFeed = 1
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export enum ScriptTarget {
|
|
|
- ES3 = 0,
|
|
|
- ES5 = 1,
|
|
|
- ES2015 = 2,
|
|
|
- ES2016 = 3,
|
|
|
- ES2017 = 4,
|
|
|
- ES2018 = 5,
|
|
|
- ES2019 = 6,
|
|
|
- ES2020 = 7,
|
|
|
- ESNext = 99,
|
|
|
- JSON = 100,
|
|
|
- Latest = 99
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export enum ModuleResolutionKind {
|
|
|
- Classic = 1,
|
|
|
- NodeJs = 2
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- interface MapLike<T> {
|
|
|
- [index: string]: T;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- type CompilerOptionsValue = string | number | boolean | (string | number)[] | string[] | MapLike<string[]> | null | undefined;
|
|
|
- interface CompilerOptions {
|
|
|
- allowJs?: boolean;
|
|
|
- allowSyntheticDefaultImports?: boolean;
|
|
|
- allowUmdGlobalAccess?: boolean;
|
|
|
- allowUnreachableCode?: boolean;
|
|
|
- allowUnusedLabels?: boolean;
|
|
|
- alwaysStrict?: boolean;
|
|
|
- baseUrl?: string;
|
|
|
- charset?: string;
|
|
|
- checkJs?: boolean;
|
|
|
- declaration?: boolean;
|
|
|
- declarationMap?: boolean;
|
|
|
- emitDeclarationOnly?: boolean;
|
|
|
- declarationDir?: string;
|
|
|
- disableSizeLimit?: boolean;
|
|
|
- disableSourceOfProjectReferenceRedirect?: boolean;
|
|
|
- downlevelIteration?: boolean;
|
|
|
- emitBOM?: boolean;
|
|
|
- emitDecoratorMetadata?: boolean;
|
|
|
- experimentalDecorators?: boolean;
|
|
|
- forceConsistentCasingInFileNames?: boolean;
|
|
|
- importHelpers?: boolean;
|
|
|
- inlineSourceMap?: boolean;
|
|
|
- inlineSources?: boolean;
|
|
|
- isolatedModules?: boolean;
|
|
|
- jsx?: JsxEmit;
|
|
|
- keyofStringsOnly?: boolean;
|
|
|
- lib?: string[];
|
|
|
- locale?: string;
|
|
|
- mapRoot?: string;
|
|
|
- maxNodeModuleJsDepth?: number;
|
|
|
- module?: ModuleKind;
|
|
|
- moduleResolution?: ModuleResolutionKind;
|
|
|
- newLine?: NewLineKind;
|
|
|
- noEmit?: boolean;
|
|
|
- noEmitHelpers?: boolean;
|
|
|
- noEmitOnError?: boolean;
|
|
|
- noErrorTruncation?: boolean;
|
|
|
- noFallthroughCasesInSwitch?: boolean;
|
|
|
- noImplicitAny?: boolean;
|
|
|
- noImplicitReturns?: boolean;
|
|
|
- noImplicitThis?: boolean;
|
|
|
- noStrictGenericChecks?: boolean;
|
|
|
- noUnusedLocals?: boolean;
|
|
|
- noUnusedParameters?: boolean;
|
|
|
- noImplicitUseStrict?: boolean;
|
|
|
- noLib?: boolean;
|
|
|
- noResolve?: boolean;
|
|
|
- out?: string;
|
|
|
- outDir?: string;
|
|
|
- outFile?: string;
|
|
|
- paths?: MapLike<string[]>;
|
|
|
- preserveConstEnums?: boolean;
|
|
|
- preserveSymlinks?: boolean;
|
|
|
- project?: string;
|
|
|
- reactNamespace?: string;
|
|
|
- jsxFactory?: string;
|
|
|
- composite?: boolean;
|
|
|
- removeComments?: boolean;
|
|
|
- rootDir?: string;
|
|
|
- rootDirs?: string[];
|
|
|
- skipLibCheck?: boolean;
|
|
|
- skipDefaultLibCheck?: boolean;
|
|
|
- sourceMap?: boolean;
|
|
|
- sourceRoot?: string;
|
|
|
- strict?: boolean;
|
|
|
- strictFunctionTypes?: boolean;
|
|
|
- strictBindCallApply?: boolean;
|
|
|
- strictNullChecks?: boolean;
|
|
|
- strictPropertyInitialization?: boolean;
|
|
|
- stripInternal?: boolean;
|
|
|
- suppressExcessPropertyErrors?: boolean;
|
|
|
- suppressImplicitAnyIndexErrors?: boolean;
|
|
|
- target?: ScriptTarget;
|
|
|
- traceResolution?: boolean;
|
|
|
- resolveJsonModule?: boolean;
|
|
|
- types?: string[];
|
|
|
- /** Paths used to compute primary types search locations */
|
|
|
- typeRoots?: string[];
|
|
|
- esModuleInterop?: boolean;
|
|
|
- useDefineForClassFields?: boolean;
|
|
|
- [option: string]: CompilerOptionsValue | undefined;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface DiagnosticsOptions {
|
|
|
- noSemanticValidation?: boolean;
|
|
|
- noSyntaxValidation?: boolean;
|
|
|
- noSuggestionDiagnostics?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Limit diagnostic computation to only visible files.
|
|
|
- * Defaults to false.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- onlyVisible?: boolean;
|
|
|
- diagnosticCodesToIgnore?: number[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface WorkerOptions {
|
|
|
- /** A full HTTP path to a JavaScript file which adds a function `customTSWorkerFactory` to the self inside a web-worker */
|
|
|
- customWorkerPath?: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- interface InlayHintsOptions {
|
|
|
- readonly includeInlayParameterNameHints?: 'none' | 'literals' | 'all';
|
|
|
- readonly includeInlayParameterNameHintsWhenArgumentMatchesName?: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly includeInlayFunctionParameterTypeHints?: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly includeInlayVariableTypeHints?: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly includeInlayPropertyDeclarationTypeHints?: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly includeInlayFunctionLikeReturnTypeHints?: boolean;
|
|
|
- readonly includeInlayEnumMemberValueHints?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- interface IExtraLib {
|
|
|
- content: string;
|
|
|
- version: number;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface IExtraLibs {
|
|
|
- [path: string]: IExtraLib;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * A linked list of formatted diagnostic messages to be used as part of a multiline message.
|
|
|
- * It is built from the bottom up, leaving the head to be the "main" diagnostic.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- interface DiagnosticMessageChain {
|
|
|
- messageText: string;
|
|
|
- /** Diagnostic category: warning = 0, error = 1, suggestion = 2, message = 3 */
|
|
|
- category: 0 | 1 | 2 | 3;
|
|
|
- code: number;
|
|
|
- next?: DiagnosticMessageChain[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface Diagnostic extends DiagnosticRelatedInformation {
|
|
|
- /** May store more in future. For now, this will simply be `true` to indicate when a diagnostic is an unused-identifier diagnostic. */
|
|
|
- reportsUnnecessary?: {};
|
|
|
- reportsDeprecated?: {};
|
|
|
- source?: string;
|
|
|
- relatedInformation?: DiagnosticRelatedInformation[];
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface DiagnosticRelatedInformation {
|
|
|
- /** Diagnostic category: warning = 0, error = 1, suggestion = 2, message = 3 */
|
|
|
- category: 0 | 1 | 2 | 3;
|
|
|
- code: number;
|
|
|
- /** TypeScriptWorker removes all but the `fileName` property to avoid serializing circular JSON structures. */
|
|
|
- file: {
|
|
|
- fileName: string;
|
|
|
- } | undefined;
|
|
|
- start: number | undefined;
|
|
|
- length: number | undefined;
|
|
|
- messageText: string | DiagnosticMessageChain;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- interface EmitOutput {
|
|
|
- outputFiles: OutputFile[];
|
|
|
- emitSkipped: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- interface OutputFile {
|
|
|
- name: string;
|
|
|
- writeByteOrderMark: boolean;
|
|
|
- text: string;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface ModeConfiguration {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in completionItemProvider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly completionItems?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in hoverProvider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly hovers?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in documentSymbolProvider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly documentSymbols?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in definitions provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly definitions?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in references provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly references?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in references provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly documentHighlights?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in rename provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly rename?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in diagnostic provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly diagnostics?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in document formatting range edit provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly documentRangeFormattingEdits?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in signature help provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly signatureHelp?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in onType formatting edit provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onTypeFormattingEdits?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in code actions provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly codeActions?: boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Defines whether the built-in inlay hints provider is enabled.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly inlayHints?: boolean;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface LanguageServiceDefaults {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Event fired when compiler options or diagnostics options are changed.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidChange: IEvent<void>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Event fired when extra libraries registered with the language service change.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- readonly onDidExtraLibsChange: IEvent<void>;
|
|
|
- readonly workerOptions: WorkerOptions;
|
|
|
- readonly inlayHintsOptions: InlayHintsOptions;
|
|
|
- readonly modeConfiguration: ModeConfiguration;
|
|
|
- setModeConfiguration(modeConfiguration: ModeConfiguration): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the current extra libs registered with the language service.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getExtraLibs(): IExtraLibs;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Add an additional source file to the language service. Use this
|
|
|
- * for typescript (definition) files that won't be loaded as editor
|
|
|
- * documents, like `jquery.d.ts`.
|
|
|
- *
|
|
|
- * @param content The file content
|
|
|
- * @param filePath An optional file path
|
|
|
- * @returns A disposable which will remove the file from the
|
|
|
- * language service upon disposal.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- addExtraLib(content: string, filePath?: string): IDisposable;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Remove all existing extra libs and set the additional source
|
|
|
- * files to the language service. Use this for typescript definition
|
|
|
- * files that won't be loaded as editor documents, like `jquery.d.ts`.
|
|
|
- * @param libs An array of entries to register.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setExtraLibs(libs: {
|
|
|
- content: string;
|
|
|
- filePath?: string;
|
|
|
- }[]): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get current TypeScript compiler options for the language service.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getCompilerOptions(): CompilerOptions;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Set TypeScript compiler options.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setCompilerOptions(options: CompilerOptions): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the current diagnostics options for the language service.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getDiagnosticsOptions(): DiagnosticsOptions;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configure whether syntactic and/or semantic validation should
|
|
|
- * be performed
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setDiagnosticsOptions(options: DiagnosticsOptions): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configure webworker options
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setWorkerOptions(options: WorkerOptions): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * No-op.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setMaximumWorkerIdleTime(value: number): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configure if all existing models should be eagerly sync'd
|
|
|
- * to the worker on start or restart.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setEagerModelSync(value: boolean): void;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the current setting for whether all existing models should be eagerly sync'd
|
|
|
- * to the worker on start or restart.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getEagerModelSync(): boolean;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Configure inlay hints options.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- setInlayHintsOptions(options: InlayHintsOptions): void;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export interface TypeScriptWorker {
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get diagnostic messages for any syntax issues in the given file.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getSyntacticDiagnostics(fileName: string): Promise<Diagnostic[]>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get diagnostic messages for any semantic issues in the given file.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getSemanticDiagnostics(fileName: string): Promise<Diagnostic[]>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get diagnostic messages for any suggestions related to the given file.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getSuggestionDiagnostics(fileName: string): Promise<Diagnostic[]>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the content of a given file.
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getScriptText(fileName: string): Promise<string | undefined>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get diagnostic messages related to the current compiler options.
|
|
|
- * @param fileName Not used
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getCompilerOptionsDiagnostics(fileName: string): Promise<Diagnostic[]>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get code completions for the given file and position.
|
|
|
- * @returns `Promise<typescript.CompletionInfo | undefined>`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getCompletionsAtPosition(fileName: string, position: number): Promise<any | undefined>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get code completion details for the given file, position, and entry.
|
|
|
- * @returns `Promise<typescript.CompletionEntryDetails | undefined>`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getCompletionEntryDetails(fileName: string, position: number, entry: string): Promise<any | undefined>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get signature help items for the item at the given file and position.
|
|
|
- * @returns `Promise<typescript.SignatureHelpItems | undefined>`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getSignatureHelpItems(fileName: string, position: number, options: any): Promise<any | undefined>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get quick info for the item at the given position in the file.
|
|
|
- * @returns `Promise<typescript.QuickInfo | undefined>`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getQuickInfoAtPosition(fileName: string, position: number): Promise<any | undefined>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get other ranges which are related to the item at the given position in the file (often used for highlighting).
|
|
|
- * @returns `Promise<ReadonlyArray<typescript.ReferenceEntry> | undefined>`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getOccurrencesAtPosition(fileName: string, position: number): Promise<ReadonlyArray<any> | undefined>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get the definition of the item at the given position in the file.
|
|
|
- * @returns `Promise<ReadonlyArray<typescript.DefinitionInfo> | undefined>`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getDefinitionAtPosition(fileName: string, position: number): Promise<ReadonlyArray<any> | undefined>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get references to the item at the given position in the file.
|
|
|
- * @returns `Promise<typescript.ReferenceEntry[] | undefined>`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getReferencesAtPosition(fileName: string, position: number): Promise<any[] | undefined>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get outline entries for the item at the given position in the file.
|
|
|
- * @returns `Promise<typescript.NavigationBarItem[]>`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getNavigationBarItems(fileName: string): Promise<any[]>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get changes which should be applied to format the given file.
|
|
|
- * @param options `typescript.FormatCodeOptions`
|
|
|
- * @returns `Promise<typescript.TextChange[]>`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getFormattingEditsForDocument(fileName: string, options: any): Promise<any[]>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get changes which should be applied to format the given range in the file.
|
|
|
- * @param options `typescript.FormatCodeOptions`
|
|
|
- * @returns `Promise<typescript.TextChange[]>`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getFormattingEditsForRange(fileName: string, start: number, end: number, options: any): Promise<any[]>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get formatting changes which should be applied after the given keystroke.
|
|
|
- * @param options `typescript.FormatCodeOptions`
|
|
|
- * @returns `Promise<typescript.TextChange[]>`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getFormattingEditsAfterKeystroke(fileName: string, postion: number, ch: string, options: any): Promise<any[]>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get other occurrences which should be updated when renaming the item at the given file and position.
|
|
|
- * @returns `Promise<readonly typescript.RenameLocation[] | undefined>`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- findRenameLocations(fileName: string, positon: number, findInStrings: boolean, findInComments: boolean, providePrefixAndSuffixTextForRename: boolean): Promise<readonly any[] | undefined>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get edits which should be applied to rename the item at the given file and position (or a failure reason).
|
|
|
- * @param options `typescript.RenameInfoOptions`
|
|
|
- * @returns `Promise<typescript.RenameInfo>`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getRenameInfo(fileName: string, positon: number, options: any): Promise<any>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get transpiled output for the given file.
|
|
|
- * @returns `typescript.EmitOutput`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getEmitOutput(fileName: string): Promise<EmitOutput>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get possible code fixes at the given position in the file.
|
|
|
- * @param formatOptions `typescript.FormatCodeOptions`
|
|
|
- * @returns `Promise<ReadonlyArray<typescript.CodeFixAction>>`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- getCodeFixesAtPosition(fileName: string, start: number, end: number, errorCodes: number[], formatOptions: any): Promise<ReadonlyArray<any>>;
|
|
|
- /**
|
|
|
- * Get inlay hints in the range of the file.
|
|
|
- * @param fileName
|
|
|
- * @returns `Promise<typescript.InlayHint[]>`
|
|
|
- */
|
|
|
- provideInlayHints(fileName: string, start: number, end: number): Promise<ReadonlyArray<any>>;
|
|
|
- }
|
|
|
- export const typescriptVersion: string;
|
|
|
- export const typescriptDefaults: LanguageServiceDefaults;
|
|
|
- export const javascriptDefaults: LanguageServiceDefaults;
|
|
|
- export const getTypeScriptWorker: () => Promise<(...uris: Uri[]) => Promise<TypeScriptWorker>>;
|
|
|
- export const getJavaScriptWorker: () => Promise<(...uris: Uri[]) => Promise<TypeScriptWorker>>;
|
|
|
-}
|
Henning Dieterichs
